DHT
Annual Report 2010

Plain-text annual report

DHT Holdings, Inc. (DHT) 20-F Annual and transition report of foreign private issuers pursuant to sections 13 or 15(d) Filed on 03/31/2011 Filed Period 12/31/2010 UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 20-F (Mark One) ¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ý ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 ¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from _________________ to ________________ ¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 Date of event requiring this shell company report ________________ OR OR OR Commission file number: 001-32640 DHT HOLDINGS, INC. (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) Not Applicable (Translation of Registrant’s name into English) Republic of the Marshall Islands (Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 26 New Street St. Helier, Jersey, JE23RA Channel Islands (Address of principal executive offices) Eirik Ubøe Tel: +44 1534 639759 26 New Street St. Helier, Jersey, JE23RA Channel Islands (Insert name, telephone, e-mail and/or facsimile number and address of company contact person) ______________________ Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act. Title of each class Common stock, par value $0.01 per share Name of each exchange on which registered New York Stock Exchange Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report. 48,921,961 common stock, par value $0.01 per share Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No ý If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Yes ¨ No ý Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý No ¨ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large Accelerated Filer ¨ Accelerated Filer ý Non-accelerated Filer ¨ Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing: U.S. GAAP ¨ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ý Other ¨ If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow. Item 17 ¨ Item 18 ¨ If this report is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No ý TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS PART I ITEM IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS 1. 2. 3. 4. 4A. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. ITEM OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIME TABLE ITEM KEY INFORMATION ITEM INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY ITEM UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS ITEM OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS ITEM DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES ITEM MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS ITEM FINANCIAL INFORMATION ITEM THE OFFER AND LISTING ITEM ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ITEM QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ITEM DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES PART II ITEM DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES 13. 14. 15. 16A. 16B. 16C. 16D. 16E. ITEM MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS ITEM CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ITEM AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT ITEM CODE OF ETHICS ITEM PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES ITEM EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES ITEM PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS 1 4 5 5 5 20 37 37 48 55 56 57 58 70 70 71 71 71 72 72 72 72 73 i 73 73 74 74 75 ITEM CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT 16F. 16G. ITEM CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PART III ITEM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ITEM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ITEM EXHIBITS 17. 18. 19. EX1-2 EX 4-11 EX 4-12 EX 8-1 EX 12-1 EX 12-2 EX 13-1 EX15-1 ii Table of Contents Explanatory Note INTRODUCTION AND USE OF CERTAIN TERMS On February 12, 2010, DHT Holdings, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands. On March 1, 2010, DHT Maritime, Inc., a Marshall Islands corporation, effected a series of transactions, or the “Transactions,” that resulted in DHT Holdings, Inc. becoming the publicly held parent company of DHT Maritime, Inc. As a result, DHT Holdings, Inc. became the successor issuer to DHT Maritime, Inc. pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In connection with the Transactions, each stockholder of DHT Maritime, Inc. common stock on March 1, 2010 received one share of DHT Holdings, Inc. common stock for each share of DHT Maritime, Inc. common stock held by such stockholder on such date. Following the Transactions, shares of DHT Maritime, Inc. no longer trade on The New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE.” Instead, shares of DHT Holdings, Inc. common stock now trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “DHT,” which is the same ticker symbol of DHT Maritime, Inc. Unless we specify otherwise, all references and data in this report to our “business,” our “vessels” and our “fleet” refer to the seven vessels comprising our initial fleet, or the “Initial Vessels” that we acquired simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering, or “IPO,” on October 18, 2005 and the two Suezmax tankers we acquired subsequent to our IPO. Unless we specify otherwise, all references in this report to “we,” “our,” “us”, “company” and “DHT Holdings” refer to DHT Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries and references to DHT Holdings, Inc. “common stock” are to our common registered shares. All references in this report to “DHT Maritime” or “Maritime” refer to DHT Maritime, Inc. The shipping industry’s functional currency is the U.S. dollar. All of our revenues and most of our operating costs are in U.S. dollars. All references in this report to “$” and “dollars” refer to U.S. dollars. Presentation of Financial Information Beginning on January 1, 2009, DHT Holdings prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or “IFRS,” as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or “IASB.” The comparative financial statements for the fiscal year 2008 have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS. For all prior periods, DHT Maritime had prepared its consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or “U.S. GAAP,” which differ in certain respects from IFRS. Certain Industry Terms The following are definitions of certain terms that are commonly used in the tanker industry and in this report. Term Definition ABS American Bureau of Shipping, an American classification society. Aframax A medium size crude oil tanker of approximately 80,000 to 120,000 dwt. Aframaxes operate on many different trade routes, including in the Caribbean, the Atlantic, the North Sea and the Mediterranean. They are also used in ship-to-ship transfer of cargo in the US Gulf typically from VLCCs for discharge in ports from which the larger tankers are restricted. Modern Aframaxes can generally transport from 500,000 to 800,000 barrels of crude oil. Annual Survey The inspection of a vessel pursuant to international conventions by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year. Bareboat Charter A charter under which a charterer pays a fixed daily or monthly rate for a fixed period of time for use of the vessel. The charterer pays all voyage and vessel operating expenses, including vessel insurance. Bareboat charters are usually for a long term. Also referred to as a “demise charter.” Table of Contents Term Definition Bunker Fuel oil used to operate a vessel’s engines, generators and boilers. Charter Contract for the use of a vessel, generally consisting of either a voyage, time or bareboat charter. Charterer The company that hires a vessel pursuant to a charter. Charter hire Money paid by a charterer to the ship-owner for the use of a vessel under a time charter or bareboat charter. Classification Society An independent society that certifies that a vessel has been built and maintained according to the society’s rules for that type of vessel and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the country in which the vessel is registered, as well as the international conventions which that country has ratified. A vessel that receives its certification is referred to as being “in class” as of the date of issuance. Contract of Affreightment A contract of affreightment, or “COA,” is an agreement between an owner and a charterer that obligates the owner to provide a vessel to the charterer to move specific quantities of cargo over a stated time period, but without designating specific vessels or voyage schedules, thereby providing the owner greater operating flexibility than with voyage charters alone. double hull A hull construction design in which a vessel has an inner and outer side and bottom separated by void space, usually two meters in width. Drydocking The removal of a vessel from the water for inspection and/or repair of those parts of a vessel which are below the water line. During Drydockings, which are required to be carried out periodically, certain mandatory classification society inspections are carried out and relevant certifications issued. Drydockings are generally required once every 30 to 60 months. dwt Deadweight tons, which refers to the carrying capacity of a vessel by weight. Hull Shell or body of a ship. IMO International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international regulations and standards for shipping. Lightering Partially discharging a tanker’s cargo onto another tanker or barge. LOOP Louisiana Offshore Oil Port, Inc. Lloyds Lloyds Register, a U.K. classification society. Metric Ton A metric ton of 1,000 kilograms. Newbuilding A new vessel under construction or just completed. Off Hire The period a vessel is unable to perform the services for which it is required under a time charter. Off hire periods typically include days spent undergoing repairs and Drydocking, whether or not scheduled. OPA U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended. OPEC Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, an international organization of oil-exporting developing nations that coordinates and unifies the petroleum policies of its member countries. 2 Table of Contents Term Definition Petroleum Products Refined crude oil products, such as fuel oils, gasoline and jet fuel. Protection and Indemnity (or “P&I”) Insurance Insurance obtained through mutual associations, or “clubs,” formed by ship-owners to provide liability insurance protection against a large financial loss by one member through contribution towards that loss by all members. To a great extent, the risks are reinsured. Scrapping The disposal of vessels by demolition for scrap metal. Special Survey An extensive inspection of a vessel by classification society surveyors that must be completed at least once during each five year period. Special surveys require a vessel to be drydocked. Spot Market The market for immediate chartering of a vessel, usually for single voyages. Suezmax Tanker TCE Time Charter Vessel Operating Expenses VLCC A crude oil tanker of approximately 130,000 to 170,000 dwt. Modern Suezmaxes can generally transport about one million barrels of crude oil and operate on many different trade routes, including from West Africa to the United States. A ship designed for the carriage of liquid cargoes in bulk with cargo space consisting of many tanks. Tankers carry a variety of products including crude oil, refined petroleum products, liquid chemicals and liquefied gas. Time charter equivalent, a standard industry measure of the average daily revenue performance of a vessel. The TCE rate achieved on a given voyage is expressed in $/day and is generally calculated by subtracting voyage expenses, including bunker and port charges, from voyage revenue and dividing the net amount (time charter equivalent revenues) by the round-trip voyage duration. A charter under which a customer pays a fixed daily or monthly rate for a fixed period of time for use of the vessel. Subject to any restrictions in the charter, the customer decides the type and quantity of cargo to be carried and the ports of loading and unloading. The customer pays the voyage expenses such as fuel, canal tolls, and port charges. The ship-owner pays all vessel operating expenses such as the management expenses, crew costs and vessel insurance. The costs of operating a vessel that are incurred during a charter, primarily consisting of crew wages and associated costs, insurance premiums, lubricants and spare parts, and repair and maintenance costs. Vessel operating expenses exclude fuel and port charges, which are known as “voyage expenses.” For a time charter, the ship-owner pays vessel operating expenses. For a bareboat charter, the charterer pays vessel operating expenses. VLCC is the abbreviation for “very large crude carrier,” a large crude oil tanker of approximately 200,000 to 320,000 dwt. Modern VLCCs can generally transport two million barrels or more of crude oil. These vessels are mainly used on the longest (long haul) routes from the Arabian Gulf to North America, Europe, and Asia, and from West Africa to the United States and Far Eastern destinations. Voyage Expenses Expenses incurred due to a vessel traveling to a destination, such as fuel cost and port charges. 3 Table of Contents Term Definition Worldscale Industry name for the Worldwide Tanker Nominal Freight Scale, which is published annually by the Worldscale Association as a rate reference for shipping companies, brokers, and their customers engaged in the bulk shipping of oil in the international markets. Worldscale is a list of calculated rates for specific voyage itineraries for a standard vessel, as defined, using defined voyage cost assumptions such as vessel speed, fuel consumption, and port costs. Actual market rates for voyage charters are usually quoted in terms of a percentage of Worldscale. Worldscale Flat Rate Base rates expressed in U.S. dollars per ton which apply to specific sea transportation routes, calculated to give the same return as Worldscale 100. Worldscale Points The freight rate negotiated for spot voyages expressed as a percentage of the Worldscale Flat Rate. CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This report contains certain forward-looking statements and information relating to us that are based on beliefs of our management as well as assumptions made by us and information currently available to us, in particular under the headings “Item 4. Information on the Company” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” When used in this report, words such as “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” “forecast,” “plan,” “potential,” “will,” “may,” “should” and “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. These statements reflect our current views with respect to future events and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. We discuss many of these risks in this report in greater detail under the subheadings “Item 3. Key Information─Risk Factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects─Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this report and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. Factors that might cause future results to differ include, but are not limited to, the following: • future payments of dividends and the availability of cash for payment of dividends; • future operating or financial results, including with respect to the amount of basic hire and additional hire that we may receive; • statements about future, pending or recent acquisitions, business strategy, areas of possible expansion and expected capital spending or operating expenses; • statements about tanker industry trends, including charter rates and vessel values and factors affecting vessel supply and demand; • expectations about the availability of vessels to purchase, the time which it may take to construct new vessels or vessels’ useful lives; • expectations about the availability of insurance on commercially reasonable terms; • DHT’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to repay their debt; • our ability to obtain additional financing and to obtain replacement charters for our vessels; • assumptions regarding interest rates; 4 Table of Contents • changes in production of or demand for oil and petroleum products, either globally or in particular regions; • greater than anticipated levels of Newbuilding orders or less than anticipated rates of scrapping of older vessels; • changes in trading patterns for particular commodities significantly impacting overall tonnage requirements; • changes in the rate of growth of the world and various regional economies; • risks incident to vessel operation, including discharge of pollutants; and • unanticipated changes in laws and regulations. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this report, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this report might not occur, and our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements. ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS PART I Not applicable. I T E M 2 . O F F E R S T A T I S T I C S A N D E X P E C T E D T I M E T A B L E Not applicable. I T E M 3 . A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA K E Y I N F O R M A T I O N The following selected consolidated financial and other data summarize historical financial and other information for DHT Holdings for the period from January 1 through December 31, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006. We have derived the selected statement of operations data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 from the audited financial statements of DHT Holdings. We have derived the selected statement of operations data set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 from the audited financial statements of DHT Maritime. This information should be read in conjuction with other information presented in this report, including “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects•Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 5 Table of Contents Statement of operations data: Shipping revenues Total ship operating expenses Income from vessel operations Net Income (loss) Net income per share – basic and diluted Balance sheet data (at end of year): Vessels, net Total assets Current liabilities Long-term liabilities Stockholders’ equity Weighted average number of shares (basic) Weighted average number of shares (diluted) Dividends declared per share Cash flow data: Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash (used in) investing activities Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Fleet data: Number of tankers owned (at end of period) Revenue days(2) Year Ended December 31, 2010 Year Ended December 31, IFRS1 2009 (in thousands, except per share data) Year Ended December 31, 89,681 $ 66,482 23,199 6,410 0.13 412,744 480,855 15,602 268,912 196,341 48,776,270 48,779,606 0.30 34,266 (99) (42,741) 9 3,229 102,576 $ 61,384 41,192 16,846 0.36 441,036 517,971 25,927 300,120 191,924 46,321,404 46,321,404 0.55 54,604 (5,411) (35,549) 9 3,138 $ 6 2008 114,603 52,123 62,480 42,148 1.17 462,387 531,348 25,200 358,325 147,823 36,055,422 36,055,422 1.15 64,882 (81,185) 64,958 9 3,190 Table of Contents Statement of operations data: Shipping revenues Total ship operating expenses Income from vessel operations Net Income (loss) Net income per share – basic and diluted Balance sheet data (at end of year): Vessels, net Total assets Current liabilities Long-term liabilities Stockholders’ equity Weighted average number of shares (basic) Weighted average number of shares (diluted) Dividends declared per share Cash flow data: Net cash provided by operating activities Net cash (used in) investing activities Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities Fleet data: Number of tankers owned (at end of period) Revenue days(2) $ Year Ended December 31, 2007 U.S. GAAP Year Ended December 31, 2006 (in thousands, except per share data) $ 81,427 40,469 40,958 27,463 0.91 398,005 422,208 96,633 253,700 71,875 30,024,407 30,036,523 1.58 49,363 (101,845) 45,167 8 2,514 86,793 37,994 48,799 35,750 1.19 322,577 349,040 9,625 236,000 103,415 30,007,000 30,016,352 1.74 53,998 - (52,211) 7 2,482 (1) Beginning on January 1, 2009, DHT Holdings prepares its financial statements using IFRS as issued by the IASB. The comparative numbers for fiscal year 2008 have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS. DHT Holdings previously used U.S. GAAP as its financial reporting language. (2) Revenue days consist of the aggregate number of calendar days in a period in which our vessels are owned by us less days on which a vessel is off hire. Off hire days are days a vessel is unable to perform the services for which it is required under a time charter. Off hire days include days spent undergoing repairs and Drydockings, whether or not scheduled. B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS Not applicable. C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF THE PROCEEDS Not applicable. D. RISK FACTORS If the events discussed in these Risk Factors occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be materially, adversely affected. In such a case, the market price of our common stock could decline. RISKS RELATING TO OUR COMPANY We may not pay dividends in the future. 7 Table of Contents The timing and amount of future dividends, if any, could be affected by various factors, including our earnings, financial condition and anticipated cash requirements, the loss of a vessel, the acquisition of one or more vessels, required capital expenditures, reserves established by our board of directors, increased or unanticipated expenses, including insurance premiums, a change in our dividend policy, increased borrowings, future issuances of securities or the other risks described in this section of the report, many of which may be beyond our control. In addition, our dividend is subject to change at any time at the discretion of our board of directors and our board of directors may elect to change our dividend by establishing a reserve for, among other things, the repayment of the secured credit facility or to help fund the acquisition of a vessel. Our board of directors may also decide to establish a reserve to repay indebtedness if, as the maturity of the secured credit facility approaches in 2017, we are no longer able to generate cash flows from our chartering activities in amounts sufficient to meet our debt obligations and it becomes clear that refinancing terms, or the terms of a vessel sale, are unacceptable or inadequate. If our board of directors were to establish such a reserve, the amount of cash available for dividend payments would decrease by the amount of the reserve. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is limited by Marshall Islands law. Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus or while a company is insolvent or if a company would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such dividends. Restrictive covenants in the secured credit facility may impose certain financial and other restrictions on DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries. We are a holding company and have no significant assets other than cash and the equity interests in our subsidiaries. DHT Maritime’s subsidiaries owned all of our vessels as of December 31, 2010, and as of such date payments under our charters were made to DHT Maritime’s subsidiaries. DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries entered into a secured credit facility with The Royal Bank of Scotland, or “RBS.” The secured credit facility with RBS imposes certain operating and financial restrictions on DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries. These restrictions may limit DHT Maritime’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness, change the management of vessels, permit liens on their assets, sell vessels, merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all of their assets to, another person, enter into certain types of charters and enter into a line of business. Therefore, we may need to seek permission from RBS in order to engage in certain corporate actions. RBS’s interests may be different from ours and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to obtain RBS’s permission when needed. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any indebtedness incurred under the secured credit facility. In the event that we are unable to service our debt obligations out of our chartering activities, we may need to refinance our indebtedness and we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so on terms that are acceptable to us or at all. The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, any defaults by them, and the market value of our fleet, among other things, may materially affect our ability to obtain new debt financing. In addition, our charters include provisions that will generally require us to use our best efforts to (i) negotiate security provisions with future lenders that would allow the charterers to continue their use of our vessels so long as they comply with their charters, regardless of any default by us under the loan agreement or the charters and (ii) arrange for future lenders to allow the charterers to purchase their loans and any related security at par if we default on our obligations under our charters or their loans. These provisions may make it more difficult for us to obtain acceptable financing in the future, increase the costs of any such financing to us or increase the time that it takes to refinance our indebtedness. If we are not able to refinance our indebtedness, we may choose to issue securities or sell certain of our assets in order to satisfy our debt obligations. If we are unable to meet our debt obligations for any reason, our lenders could declare their debt, together with accrued interest and fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on vessels in our fleet, which could result in the acceleration of other indebtedness that we may have at such time and the commencement of similar foreclosure proceedings by other lenders. We are highly dependent on the charterers and OSG. All of our vessels as of December 31, 2010 are chartered to wholly-owned subsidiaries of Overseas Shipholding Group, Inc., or “OSG,” (which we refer to collectively as the “charterers”) pursuant to either time charters or bareboat charters. The charterers’ payments to us under these charters are our sole source of revenue and we are highly dependent on the performance by the charterers of their obligations under the charters. OSG has guaranteed the payment of charter hire by the charterers under these charters. Any failure by the charterers or OSG, as the guarantor of charter hire payments under the charters, to perform their obligations would materially and adversely affect our business, financial position and cash available for the payment of dividends. Our stockholders do not have any direct recourse against the charterers or OSG. 8 Table of Contents We may have difficulty managing our planned growth. We intend to grow our fleet by acquiring additional vessels in the future. Our future growth will primarily depend on: • locating and acquiring suitable vessels; • identifying and consummating acquisitions or joint ventures; • adequately employing any acquired vessels; • managing our expansion; and • obtaining required financing on acceptable terms so that the acquisition is accretive to earnings and dividends per share. Growing any business by acquisition presents numerous risks, such as undisclosed liabilities and obligations, the possibility that indemnification agreements will be unenforceable or insufficient to cover potential losses and difficulties associated with imposing common standards, controls, procedures and policies, obtaining additional qualified personnel, managing relationships with customers and integrating newly acquired assets and operations into existing infrastructure. We cannot give any assurance that we will be successful in executing our growth plans, that we will be able to employ acquired vessels under charters or ship management agreements with similar or better terms than those we have obtained from OSG and its subsidiaries or that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with our future growth. Certain agreements between us and OSG and its affiliates may be less favorable than agreements that we could obtain from unaffiliated third parties. The memoranda of agreement, time charters and other contractual agreements we have with OSG and its affiliates with respect to our Initial Vessels (other than the new ship management agreements entered into on January 16, 2009) were made in the context of an affiliated relationship and were negotiated in the overall context of the public offering of our shares, the purchase of our Initial Vessels and other related transactions. Because we were a wholly-owned subsidiary of OSG prior to the completion of our IPO, the negotiation of the memoranda of agreement, the time charters for our Initial Vessels, the ship management agreements and our other contractual arrangements may have resulted in prices and other terms that are less favorable to us than terms we might have obtained in arm’s length negotiations with unaffiliated third parties for similar services. Our charters begin to expire in 2012 unless extended at the option of the charterers, and we may not be able to re-charter our vessels profitably. At the time of our IPO, we entered into time charters with respect to our seven Initial Vessels whereby four charters would expire approximately six years after the date of delivery of the chartered vessel to us and three would expire approximately five years following such date, unless in each case extended at the option of the applicable charterer for additional one-, two- or three-year periods. The charterers have the sole discretion to exercise those options. We cannot predict whether the charterers will exercise any of their extension options under one or more of the time charters. The charterers do not owe any fiduciary or other duty to us or our stockholders in deciding whether to exercise the extension options, and the charterers’ decisions may be contrary to our interests or those of our stockholders. 9 Table of Contents On November 26, 2008, we entered into agreements with OSG whereby OSG exercised part of the extension options for the Initial Vessels upon expiry of the vessels’ initial charter periods. For two of the vessels, the charters were extended for 18 months following the expiry of the initial charter periods and for five of the vessels, the charters were extended for 12 months. We cannot predict at this time any of the factors that the charterers will consider in deciding whether to exercise any further extension options under the charters. It is likely, however, that the charterers would consider a variety of factors, which may include the age and specifications of the chartered vessel, whether the vessel is surplus or suitable to the charterers’ requirements and whether more competitive charter hire rates are available to the charterers in the open market at that time. If the charterers decide not to further extend our current time charters, we may not be able to re-charter our vessels on terms similar to the terms of our charters. We may also employ the vessels on the spot charter market, which is subject to greater rate volatility than the long-term time charter market in which we operate. If we receive lower charter rates under replacement charters or are unable to re-charter all of our vessels, the amounts that we have available, if any, to pay distributions to our stockholders may be significantly reduced or eliminated. If a time charter is extended further, the charter terms providing for profit sharing will remain in effect and the charterer, at the time of exercise, will have the option to select a basic charter rate that is equal to (i) 5% above the published one-, two- or three-year time charter rate (corresponding to the extension length) for the vessel’s class, as decided by a shipbrokers’ panel (subject to specified floors for certain of our vessels for the declared extension period), or (ii) the basic hire rate set forth in the charter. The shipbrokers’ panel will be The Association of Shipbrokers and Agents Tanker Broker Panel or another panel of brokers mutually acceptable to us and the charterer. If a charterer were to renew a charter, the renewal charter rate could be lower than the charter rate in existence prior to the renewal. Furthermore, if our charters were to be extended further, we would not be able to take full advantage of more favorable spot market rates, should they exist at the time of renewal. As a result, the amounts that we have available, if any, to pay distributions to our stockholders could be significantly reduced. With respect to our two Suezmaxes currently on bareboat charter, one charter expires in 2014 and the other charter expires in 2017. We may not be able to re- charter our Suezmaxes on terms similar to the terms of our current bareboat charters. We may also employ the vessels in the spot charter market, which is subject to greater rate volatility than the long-term time charter market in which we operate. If we receive lower charter rates under replacement charters or are unable to re-charter our vessels, the amounts that we have available, if any, to pay distributions to our stockholders may be significantly reduced or eliminated. Our Vessels, of which seven currently operate in pools, may cease operating in those pools. Our three VLCCs currently participate in the Tankers International Pool, which consists of OSG and six other tanker companies, our two Suezmax vessels operate in the Suezmax International Pool which has three members and two of our four Aframaxes currently participate in the Aframax International Pool, which has eleven members. The Overseas Ania and the Overseas Rebecca left the Aframax International Pool in July 2008 and July 2009, respectively. In a pooling arrangement, the net revenues generated by all of the vessels in a pool are aggregated and distributed to pool members pursuant to a pre-arranged weighting system that recognizes each vessel’s earnings capacity based on its cargo capacity, speed and consumption, and actual on-hire performance. The charterers currently operate our VLCCs in the Tankers International Pool and two of our four Aframaxes in the Aframax International Pool. Under our charter arrangements for these vessels, we are entitled to share in the revenues that the charterers realize from operating the vessels in these pools in excess of the basic hire paid to us. Pooling arrangements are intended to maximize tanker utilization. We cannot assure you that OSG will continue to use pooling arrangements for those vessels or any of the vessels it manages and we cannot assure you that any additional vessels we acquire would operate in pools. Further, because OSG voluntarily participates in the pools, we cannot predict whether the pools in which our vessels participate will continue to exist in the future. In addition, the European Union has adopted rules which substantially reform the way it regulates traditional agreements for maritime services from an antitrust perspective. These changes may alter the way the pools are operated. If for any reason any of our vessels cease to participate in a pooling arrangement or the pooling arrangements are significantly restricted, their utilization rates could fall and the amount of additional hire paid could decrease, either of which could have an adverse affect on our results of operations and our ability to pay dividends. 10 Table of Contents Under the ship management agreements entered into with respect to the Initial Vessels effective January 16, 2009, our operating costs could materially increase, as compared to our historical operating costs associated with the management of such vessels. Under the Initial Vessels’ ship management agreements, effective January 16, 2009, Tanker Management Limited, or “Tanker Management,” a wholly-owned subsidiary of OSG, is responsible for all of the technical and operational management of the Initial Vessels and receives a technical management fee for its services. Under the Initial Vessels’ old ship management agreements, we paid a fixed daily fee for the cost of the vessels’ operations, including scheduled Drydockings, for each vessel. However, under the new ship management agreements, we pay the actual cost related to the technical management of the Initial Vessels, plus an additional management fee. The amounts that we have available, if any, to pay distributions to our stockholders could be significantly impacted by changes in the cost of operating our vessels. When a tanker changes ownership and/or technical management, it may lose customer approvals. Many major users of seaborne oil transportation services will require vetting of a vessel before it is approved to service their account. This represents a risk to our company as it may be difficult to efficiently employ the vessel until such vettings are in place. OSG’s other business activities may create conflicts of interest. Under our time charters with OSG, we are entitled to receive variable additional hire in amounts based on whether a vessel is part of a pooling arrangement, is subchartered by the charterer under a time charter or is used on the spot market. While the Overseas Ania and the Overseas Rebecca left the Aframax International Pool in July 2008 and July 2009, respectively, we expect OSG to continue to operate our three VLCCs in the Tankers International Pool, our two Suezmaxes in the Suezmax International pool and two of our four Aframaxes in the Aframax International Pool. When operated in a pool, chartering decisions are made by the pool manager and vessel earnings are based on a formula designed to allocate the pool’s earnings to vessel owners based on attributes of the vessels they contributed, rather than amounts actually earned by those vessels. For these reasons, it is unlikely that a conflict of interest will arise with respect to our Initial Vessels between us and OSG while such vessels are operated in a pool. However, if OSG withdraws from a pool or any further vessels cease operating in a pool for any other reasons, chartering decisions will effectively be made by OSG. Although our time charter arrangements expressly prohibit OSG from giving preferential treatment to any of the other vessels owned, managed by or under the control of OSG or its affiliates when sub-chartering any of our vessels, conflicts of interest may arise between us and OSG in the allocation of chartering opportunities that could reduce our additional hire, particularly if our vessels are sub-chartered by OSG in the time charter market outside of a pool. The Overseas Ania and the Overseas Rebecca, which left the Aframax International Pool in July 2008 and July 2009, respectively, are currently re-chartered to OSG Lightering, a subsidiary of OSG, until April 2012 at a daily rate of $19,250 and $17,500, respectively, which rate also serves as the basis for the fleet wide four quarter rolling profit sharing calculation. We are also entitled to receive additional hire with respect to one of our Suezmaxes, the Overseas Newcastle, which is operating in the Suezmax International Pool. DHT and its subsidiaries are subject to restrictions in certain financing agreements that impose constraints on their operating and financing flexibility. DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries entered into a secured credit facility with RBS under which they initially borrowed approximately $236 million under a term loan to finance a portion of the cash purchase price for the Initial Vessels. In addition, on December 4, 2007 DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries borrowed $92.7 million and, on January 28, 2008, a further $90.3 million to fund the acquisition of the Suezmaxes. Subsequent to the repayment of $75 million in October 2008, $50 million in June 2009 and $28 million in February 2010, there was $266 million outstanding under the secured credit facility as of December 31, 2010. DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries are required to apply a substantial portion of their cash flow from operations to the payment of interest on borrowings under the secured credit facility. The secured credit facility, which is secured by, among other things, mortgages over all of our vessels, assignments of earnings and insurances and pledges over certain bank accounts, requires that DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries comply with various operating covenants and maintain certain financial ratios, including that the charter-free market value of the vessels that secure the secured credit facility be no less than 120% of borrowings plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any outstanding swap agreements to satisfy collateral maintenance requirements and that the charter-free market value of the vessels that secure the secured credit facility be no less than 135% of borrowings plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any swap agreement that is entered into to pay dividends. We pay a floating rate of interest under the secured credit facility, although as of December 31, 2010 we have in place an interest rate swap in an amount of $65 million under which we pay a rate of 5.95% until January 18, 2013. On February 25, 2011, DHT Phoenix, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of DHT Holdings, entered into a secured loan agreement with DVB Bank SE under which DHT Phoenix, Inc. borrowed $27.5 million to finance part of the cost of the acquisition of the DHT Phoenix. DHT Phoenix, Inc.’s obligations under the secured loan agreement are guaranteed by DHT Holdings. The secured loan agreement, which is secured by, among other things, mortgages over the DHT Phoenix, assignments of earnings and insurances and pledges over certain bank accounts, requires that (i) DHT Phoenix, Inc. comply with various operating covenants and maintain certain financial ratios, including that the fair market value of the vessel that secures the secured loan agreement be no less than 130% of borrowings plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any outstanding swap agreements to satisfy collateral maintenance requirements and (ii) DHT Holdings shall at all times have, on a consolidated basis, adjusted tangible net worth of $100 million, unencumbered consolidated cash of at least $20 million and adjusted tangible net worth shall be at least 25% of value adjusted total assets. 11 Table of Contents We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial and other obligations. We are a holding company and have no significant assets other than cash and the share holdings in our subsidiaries. DHT Maritime’s subsidiaries own nine of our vessels and DHT Phoenix, Inc. owns one of our vessels, and payments under our charters are made to DHT Maritime’s subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay dividends depends on the performance of DHT Maritime’s subsidiaries and DHT Phoenix, Inc. and their ability to distribute funds to us. Our ability or the ability of our subsidiaries to make these distributions are subject to restrictions contained in our subsidiaries’ financing agreements and could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by Marshall Islands law which regulates the payment of dividends by companies. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, we may not be able to pay dividends. Certain adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences could arise for U.S. stockholders. A foreign corporation will be treated as a "passive foreign investment company," or "PFIC," for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income" or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation's assets produce or are held for the production of those types of "passive income." For purposes of these tests, "passive income" includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute "passive income." U.S. stockholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC. In particular, U.S. holders who are individuals would not be eligible for the maximum 15% preferential tax rate on qualified dividends. In this regard, we believe it is more likely than not that the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities is properly treated as services income, rather than rental income. Assuming this is correct, our income from our time chartering activities would not constitute "passive income," and the assets we own and operate in connection with the production of that income would not constitute passive assets. Consequently, based on our operations, we believe that it is more likely than not that we are not currently a PFIC. There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time chartering activities constitutes rental income or income earned in connection with the performance of services. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit has held that, for purposes of a different set of rules under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the "Code," income derived from certain time chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income. In recent guidance, however, the Internal Revenue Service, or the "IRS," states that it disagrees with the holding of the Fifth Circuit case, and specifies that time charters should be treated as services income. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on this matter. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with the position that we are not a PFIC. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, no assurance can be given that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we can avoid PFIC status in the future. 12 Table of Contents If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, our U.S. stockholders will face adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless those stockholders make an election available under the Code, such stockholders would be liable to pay U.S. federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income upon the receipt of excess distributions and upon any gain from the disposition of our common stock, with interest payable on such tax liability as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the stockholder's holding period of our common stock. The 15% maximum tax rate for individuals would not be available for this calculation. See “Item 10. Additional Information•Taxation•U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a more comprehensive discussion of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. stockholders if we are treated as a PFIC. Our operating income could fail to qualify for an exemption from U.S. federal income taxation, which will reduce our cash flow. Under the Code, 50% of our gross income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States is characterized as U.S. source gross transportation income and is subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax without allowance for any deductions, unless we qualify for exemption from such tax under Section 883 of the Code. Based on our review of the applicable U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission documents, we believe that we qualify for this statutory tax exemption and we will take this position for U.S. federal income tax return reporting purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption in the future. For example, we might not qualify for this exemption if stockholders with a 5% or greater interest in our common stock were to collectively own 50% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock on more than half the days during the taxable year. If we are not entitled to this exemption for a taxable year, we would be subject in that year to a 4% U.S. federal income tax on such shipping income. This could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our stockholders. We may be subject to taxation in the United Kingdom, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. If we were considered to be a resident of the United Kingdom or to have a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom, all or a part of our profits could be subject to UK corporate tax. We intend to operate in a manner so that we do not have a permanent establishment in the United Kingdom and so that we are not resident in the United Kingdom, including by locating our principal place of business outside the United Kingdom, requiring our executive officers to be outside of the United Kingdom when making any material decision regarding our business or affairs and by holding all of our board of directors meetings outside of the United Kingdom. However, because certain of our directors reside in the United Kingdom, and because UK statutory and case law fail to definitively identify the activities that constitute a trade being carried on in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment, the UK taxing authorities may contend that we are subject to UK corporate tax. If the UK taxing authorities made such a contention, we could incur substantial legal costs defending our position, and, if we were unsuccessful in our defense, our results of operations would be materially and adversely affected. 13 Table of Contents RISKS RELATING TO OUR INDUSTRY Vessel values and charter rates are volatile. Significant decreases in values or rates could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. The tanker industry historically has been highly cyclical. If the tanker industry is depressed in the future when our charters expire or at a time when we may want to sell a vessel, our earnings and available cash flow may decrease. Our ability to re-charter our vessels on the expiration or termination of the charters and the charter rates payable under any renewal or replacement charters will depend upon, among other things, the conditions in the tanker market at that time. Fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values result from changes in the supply and demand for tanker capacity and changes in the supply and demand for oil and oil products. Vessel values rose in the beginning of 2010, but began to decline again as the spot freight market decreased over the summer due primarily to the re-entry into the trading fleet of several tankers that had been in floating storage. The highly cyclical nature of the tanker industry may lead to volatile changes in charter rates from time to time, which may adversely affect our earnings. Factors affecting the supply and demand for tankers are outside of our control, and the nature, timing and degree of changes in industry conditions are unpredictable and may adversely affect the values of our vessels and result in significant fluctuations in the amount of additional hire we earn, which could result in significant fluctuations in our quarterly or annual results. The factors that influence the demand for tanker capacity include: • demand for oil and oil products, which affect the need for tanker capacity; • global and regional economic and political conditions which, among other things, could impact the supply of oil as well as trading patterns and the demand for various types of vessels; • changes in the production of crude oil, particularly by OPEC and other key producers, which impact the need for tanker capacity; • developments in international trade; • changes in seaborne and other transportation patterns, including changes in the distances that cargoes are transported; • environmental concerns and regulations; • weather; and • competition from alternative sources of energy. The factors that influence the supply of tanker capacity include: • the number of Newbuilding deliveries; • the scrapping rate of older vessels; • the number of vessels that are out of service; and • environmental and maritime regulations. 14 Table of Contents An oversupply of new vessels may adversely affect charter rates and vessel values. If the capacity of new ships delivered exceeds the capacity of tankers being scrapped and lost, tanker capacity will increase. In addition, the Newbuilding order book equaled approximately 26% of the existing world tanker fleet as of February 2011 and we cannot assure you that the order book will not increase further in proportion to the existing fleet. If the supply of tanker capacity increases and the demand for tanker capacity does not increase correspondingly, charter rates could materially decline and the value of our vessels could be adversely affected. The amount of additional hire that we receive under our charter arrangements, if any, will generally depend on prevailing spot market rates, which are volatile. Our Initial Vessels are operated under time charters with the charterers, and additional hire is paid to us pursuant to a charter framework agreement among us and OSG International, Inc., or “OIN,” and certain of our and its subsidiaries. Under the time charters, we receive a fixed minimum daily basic charter rate and under the charter framework agreement we may also receive additional hire. Additional hire, if any, is paid quarterly in arrears. The amount of additional hire is subject to variation depending on the charter hire received by the charterers through their pooling arrangements or, if a vessel is not operated in a pool, charter rates in the time charter or spot charter markets, each of which is highly dependent on general tanker market conditions. One of our Suezmaxes, the Overseas Newcastle, which was delivered to us on December 4, 2007, is operated under a bareboat charter pursuant to which we receive a fixed minimum daily basic charter rate and may also receive additional hire. Additional hire, if any, is paid quarterly in arrears. The amount of additional hire is subject to variation depending on the charter hire received by the charterer in the time charter or spot charter markets, each of which is highly dependent on general tanker market conditions. We cannot assure you that we will receive additional hire for any quarter. Terrorist attacks and international hostilities can affect the tanker industry, which could adversely affect our business. Terrorist attacks, the outbreak of war or the existence of international hostilities could damage the world economy, adversely affect the availability of and demand for crude oil and petroleum products and adversely affect our ability to re-charter our vessels on the expiration or termination of the charters and the charter rates payable under any renewal or replacement charters. We conduct our operations internationally, and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by changing economic, political and government conditions in the countries and regions where our vessels are employed. Moreover, we operate in a sector of the economy that is likely to be adversely impacted by the effects of political instability, terrorist or other attacks, war or international hostilities. Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels have recently increased in frequency, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of the world such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden off the coast of Somalia. Throughout the period from 2008 to 2010, the frequency of piracy incidents against commercial shipping vessels increased significantly, particularly in the Gulf of Aden. For example, in November 2008, the M/V Sirius Star, a tanker not affiliated with us, was captured by pirates in the Indian Ocean while carrying crude oil estimated to be worth $100 million at the time of its capture. If these pirate attacks result in regions in which our vessels are deployed being characterized as "war risk" zones by insurers, as the Gulf of Aden temporarily was categorized in May 2008, premiums payable for insurance coverage could increase significantly and such coverage may be more difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, including costs in connection with employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents, including the payment of any ransom we may be forced to make, which could have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, any of these events may result in a loss of revenues, increased costs and decreased cash flows to our customers, which could impair their ability to make payments to us under our charters. 15 Table of Contents Our vessels may call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the U.S. government, which could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock. From time to time on charterers' instructions, our vessels have called and may again call on ports located in countries subject to sanctions and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. The U.S. sanctions and embargo laws and regulations vary in their application, as they do not all apply to the same covered persons or proscribe the same activities, and such sanctions and embargo laws and regulations may be amended or strengthened over time. In 2010, the U.S. enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act ("CISADA"), which expanded the scope of the former Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expands the application of the prohibitions to non-U.S. companies, such as our company, and introduces limits on the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products. Although we believe that we are in compliance with all applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations, and intend to maintain such compliance, there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance in the future, particularly as the scope of certain laws may be unclear and may be subject to changing interpretations. Any such violation could result in fines or other penalties and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our company. Additionally, some investors may decide to divest their interest, or not to invest, in our company simply because we do business with companies that do business in sanctioned countries. Moreover, our charterers may violate applicable sanctions and embargo laws and regulations as a result of actions that do not involve us or our vessels, and those violations could in turn negatively affect our reputation. Investor perception of the value of our common stock may also be adversely affected by the consequences of war, the effects of terrorism, civil unrest or governmental actions in these and surrounding countries. The value of our vessels may be depressed at a time when and in the event that we sell a vessel. Tanker values have generally experienced high volatility. Investors can expect the fair market value of our tankers to fluctuate, depending on general economic and market conditions affecting the tanker industry and competition from other shipping companies, types and sizes of vessels and other modes of transportation. In addition, as vessels grow older, they generally decline in value. These factors will affect the value of our vessels at the time of any vessel sale. If for any reason we sell a tanker at a time when tanker prices have fallen, the sale may be at less than the tanker’s carrying amount on our financial statements, with the result that we would also incur a loss on the sale and a reduction in earnings and surplus, which could reduce our ability to pay dividends. Vessel values may be depressed at a time when our subsidiaries are required to make a repayment under their secured credit facilities, or when the secured credit facilities mature, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to refinance the secured credit facility. In the event of the sale or loss of a vessel, the secured credit facility requires DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries to prepay the facility in an amount proportionate to the market value of the sold or lost vessel compared with the total market value of all of our vessels before such sale or loss. If vessel values are depressed at such a time, our liquidity could be adversely affected as the amount that DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries are required to repay could be greater than the proceeds we receive from a sale. In addition, declining tanker values could adversely affect our ability to refinance the secured credit facility at its maturity in 2017, as the amount that a new lender would be willing to lend on the same terms may be less than the amount we owe under the expiring secured credit facility. In the event of the sale or loss of the DHT Phoenix, the secured loan agreement requires DHT Phoenix, Inc. to prepay the facility. If vessel values are depressed at such a time, our liquidity could be adversely affected as the amount that DHT Phoenix, Inc. is required to repay could be greater than the proceeds we receive from a sale. In addition, declining tanker values could adversely affect our ability to refinance the secured loan agreement at its maturity in 2016, as the amount that a new lender would be willing to lend on the same terms may be less than the amount we owe under the expiring secured loan agreement. 16 Table of Contents We operate in the highly competitive international tanker market which could affect our financial position if the charterers do not renew our charters. The operation of tankers and transportation of crude oil are extremely competitive. Competition arises primarily from other tanker owners, including major oil companies, as well as independent tanker companies, some of whom have substantially larger fleets and substantially greater resources than we do. Competition for the transportation of oil and oil products can be intense and depends on price, location, size, age, condition and the acceptability of the tanker and its operators to the charterers. During the term of our charters for our vessels as of December 31, 2010, our exposure to this competition is limited because of the predominantly fixed rate nature of our charters. The DHT Phoenix, which was delivered during the first quarter of 2011, will not be on charter but will operate in the Tankers International pool. In the event that the charterers do not further renew the charters when they expire (beginning in 2012) or terminate the charters for any reason, we will have to compete with other tanker owners, including major oil companies and independent tanker companies, for charters. Due in part to the fragmented tanker market, competitors with greater resources may be able to offer better prices than us, which could result in our achieving lower revenues from our vessels. Compliance with environmental laws or regulations may adversely affect our business. Our operations are affected by extensive and changing international, national and local environmental protection laws, regulations, treaties, conventions and standards in force in international waters, the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our vessels operate, as well as the countries of our vessels’ registration. Many of these requirements are designed to reduce the risk of oil spills and other pollution, and our compliance with these requirements can be costly. These requirements can affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels, require a reduction in carrying capacity, ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions, lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters or result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports, or detention in, certain ports. Under local, national and foreign laws, as well as international treaties and conventions, we could incur material liabilities, including cleanup obligations, in the event that there is a release of petroleum or other hazardous substances from our vessels or otherwise in connection with our operations. We could also become subject to personal injury or property damage claims relating to the release of or exposure to hazardous materials associated with our current or historic operations. Violations of or liabilities under environmental requirements also can result in substantial penalties, fines and other sanctions, including in certain instances, seizure or detention of our vessels. We could incur significant costs, including cleanup costs, fines, penalties, third-party claims and natural resource damages, as the result of an oil spill or other liabilities under environmental laws. OPA affects all vessel owners shipping oil to, from or within the United States. OPA allows for potentially unlimited liability without regard to fault for owners, operators and bareboat charterers of vessels for oil pollution in U.S. waters. Similarly, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended, which has been adopted by most countries outside of the United States, imposes liability for oil pollution in international waters. OPA expressly permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to hazardous materials and oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries. Coastal states in the United States have enacted pollution prevention liability and response laws, many providing for unlimited liability. OPA provides for the scheduled phase-out of all non double-hull tankers that carry oil in bulk in U.S. waters. IMO and the European Union also have adopted separate phase-out schedules applicable to single-hull tankers operating in international and EU waters. These regulations will reduce the demand for single- hull tankers, force the remaining single-hull vessels into less desirable trading routes, increase the number of ships trading in routes open to single-hull vessels and could increase demands for further restrictions in the remaining jurisdictions that permit the operation of these vessels. As a result, single-hull vessels are likely to be chartered less frequently and at lower rates. Although all of our tankers are double-hulled, we cannot assure you that these regulatory programs will not apply to vessels acquired by us in the future. 17 Table of Contents In addition, in complying with OPA, IMO regulations, EU directives and other existing laws and regulations and those that may be adopted, ship-owners may incur significant additional costs in meeting new maintenance and inspection requirements, developing contingency arrangements for potential spills and obtaining insurance coverage. Government regulation of vessels, particularly in the areas of safety and environmental requirements, can be expected to become more strict in the future and require us to incur significant capital expenditures on our vessels to keep them in compliance, or even to scrap or sell certain vessels altogether. For example, various jurisdictions are considering imposing more stringent requirements on air emissions, including greenhouse gases, and on the management of ballast waters to prevent the introduction of non-indigenous species that are considered to be invasive. In recent years, the IMO and EU have both accelerated their existing non-double-hull phase-out schedules in response to highly publicized oil spills and other shipping incidents involving companies unrelated to us. Future accidents can be expected in the industry, and such accidents or other events could be expected to result in the adoption of even stricter laws and regulations, which could limit our operations or our ability to do business and which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. The shipping industry has inherent operational risks, which could impair the ability of the charterers to make payments to us. Our tankers and their cargoes are at risk of being damaged or lost because of events such as marine disasters, bad weather, mechanical failures, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, environmental accidents and other circumstances or events. In addition, transporting crude oil across a wide variety of international jurisdictions creates a risk of business interruptions due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities, labor strikes and boycotts, the potential for changes in tax rates or policies, and the potential for government expropriation of our vessels. Any of these events could impair the ability of the charterers to make payments to us under our charters. Our insurance coverage may be insufficient to make us whole in the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, or fail to cover all of the inherent operational risks associated with the tanker industry. In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred. DHT Management AS, a subsidiary of DHT Holdings, will be responsible for arranging insurance against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against, and we are responsible for the premium payments on such insurance. With respect to our two Suezmaxes, the Overseas Newcastle and the Overseas London, which are on bareboat charters, the charterer is responsible for arranging and paying insurance. This insurance includes marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes pollution risks and crew insurance, and war risk insurance. DHT Management AS is also responsible for arranging loss of hire insurance in respect of each of our vessels except the vessels on bareboat charters, and we are responsible for the premium payments on such insurance. This insurance generally provides coverage against business interruption for periods of more than 30 days per incident (up to a maximum of 120 days) per incident per year, following any loss under our hull and machinery policy. We will not be reimbursed under the loss of hire insurance policies, on a per incident basis, for the first 30 days of off hire. Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is $1 billion per vessel per occurrence. We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks. If insurance premiums increase, we may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our fleet. Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims. Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, the loss of a vessel would adversely affect our cash flows and results of operations. Maritime claimants could arrest our tankers, which could interrupt the charterers’ or our cash flow. Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a vessel, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against that vessel for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lien-holder may enforce its lien by arresting a vessel through foreclosure proceedings. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our vessels could interrupt the charterers’ or our cash flow and require us to pay a significant amount of money to have the arrest lifted. In addition, in some jurisdictions, such as South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the vessel that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” vessel, which is any vessel owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one vessel in our fleet for claims relating to another vessel in our fleet. 18 Table of Contents Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency without adequate compensation. A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes her owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes her charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances. Although we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain. Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues and reduce the amount of cash we have available for distribution as dividends to our stockholders. RISKS RELATING TO OUR COMMON STOCK The market price of our common stock may be unpredictable and volatile. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate due to factors such as actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results and those of other public companies in our industry, mergers and strategic alliances in the tanker industry, market conditions in the tanker industry, changes in government regulation, shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecast by securities analysts, announcements concerning us or our competitors and the general state of the securities market. The tanker industry has been unpredictable and volatile. The market for common stock in this industry may be equally volatile. Therefore, we cannot assure you that you will be able to sell any of our common stock you may have purchased at a price greater than or equal to the original purchase price. Future sales of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The market price of our common stock could decline due to sales of a large number of our shares in the market or the perception that such sales could occur. This could depress the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate, or at all. We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands, which does not have a well-developed body of corporate law. Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of incorporation and bylaws and by the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, or the “BCA.” The provisions of the BCA resemble provisions of the corporation laws of a number of states in the United States. However, there have been few judicial cases in the Marshall Islands interpreting the BCA, and the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under the laws of the Marshall Islands are not as clearly established as the rights and fiduciary responsibilities of directors under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in the United States. Therefore, the rights of stockholders of the Marshall Islands may differ from the rights of stockholders of companies incorporated in the United States. While the BCA provides that it is to be interpreted according to the laws of the State of Delaware and other states with substantially similar legislative provisions, there have been few, if any, court cases interpreting the BCA in the Marshall Islands and we can not predict whether Marshall Islands courts would reach the same conclusions that any particular U.S. court would reach or has reached. Thus, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling stockholders than would stockholders of a corporation incorporated in a U.S. jurisdiction which has developed a relatively more substantial body of case law. Our bylaws restrict stockholders from bringing certain legal action against our officers and directors. Our bylaws contain a broad waiver by our stockholders of any claim or right of action, both individually and on our behalf, against any of our officers or directors. The waiver applies to any action taken by an officer or director, or the failure of an officer or director to take any action, in the performance of his or her duties, except with respect to any matter involving any fraud or dishonesty on the part of the officer or director. This waiver limits the right of stockholders to assert claims against our officers and directors unless the act or failure to act involves fraud or dishonesty. 19 Table of Contents We have anti-takeover provisions in our bylaws that may discourage a change of control. Our bylaws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions provide for: • a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms, elected without cumulative voting; • directors only to be removed for cause and only with the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the common stock issued and outstanding; • advance notice for nominations of directors by stockholders and for stockholders to include matters to be considered at annual meetings; • a limited ability for stockholders to call special stockholder meetings; and • our board of directors to determine the powers, preferences and rights of our preferred stock and to issue the preferred stock without stockholder approval. These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many stockholders. As a result, stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares. I T E M 4 . I N F O R M A T I O N O N T H E C O M P A N Y A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY General Information Maritime was incorporated under the name of Double Hull Tankers, Inc., or "Double Hull," in April 2005 under the laws of the Marshall Islands. In June 2008, Double Hull's stockholders voted to approve an amendment to Double Hull's articles of incorporation to change its name to DHT Maritime, Inc. On February 12, 2010, DHT Holdings, Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands. On March 1, 2010, Maritime effected a series of transactions, or the "Transactions," that resulted in DHT Holdings, Inc. becoming the publicly held parent company of Maritime. As a result, DHT Holdings, Inc. became the successor issuer to Maritime pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the "Exchange Act." In connection with the Transactions, each stockholder of Maritime common stock on March 1, 2010 received one share of DHT Holdings, Inc. common stock for each share of Maritime common stock held by such stockholder on such date. Following the Transactions, shares of Maritime no longer trade on The New York Stock Exchange, or the "NYSE." Instead, shares of DHT Holdings, Inc. common stock now trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol "DHT," which is the same ticker symbol under which Maritime was quoted. Our principal executive offices are located at 26 New Street, St. Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands, JE2 3RA and our telephone number at that address is +44 (0) 1534 639759. Our website address is www.dhtholdings.com. The information on our website is not a part of this report. We own each of the vessels in our fleet through wholly-owned subsidiaries incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands. B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW We operate a fleet of crude oil tankers. As of December 31, 2010, our fleet consisted of three very large crude carriers, or "VLCCs," which are tankers ranging in size from 200,000 to 320,000 deadweight tons, or "dwt," two Suezmaxes, which are tankers ranging in size from 130,000 to 170,000 dwt, and four Aframax tankers, or "Aframaxes," which are tankers ranging in size from 80,000 to 120,000 dwt. Our fleet principally operates on international routes and had a combined carrying capacity of 1,656,921 dwt and an average age of approximately 11 years as of December 31, 2010. 20 Table of Contents We acquired our Initial Vessels from subsidiaries of Overseas Shipholding Group, Inc., or "OSG," on October 18, 2005 in exchange for cash and shares of our common stock and have time chartered these seven vessels back to certain subsidiaries of OSG. Each time charter for our Initial Vessels may be renewed by the charterer on one or more successive occasions for periods of one, two or three years, up to an aggregate of four, six or eight years, depending on the vessel, from the initial expiration date. In addition, on December 4, 2007 and January 28, 2008, we acquired our two Suezmaxes, the Overseas Newcastle and the Overseas London, respectively, in exchange for cash and have bareboat chartered these vessels to certain subsidiaries of OSG. Our strategy is to employ our vessels in a combination of charters with stable cash flow and market exposure. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, the majority of our charter arrangements include a profit sharing component that gives us the opportunity to earn additional hire when vessel earnings exceed the basic hire amounts set forth in the charters. As of December 31, 2010, seven of the nine vessels in our fleet were operated in the Tankers International Pool, the Suezmax International Pool and the Aframax International Pool and we expect our potential to earn additional hire will benefit from the higher utilization rates realized by these pools. In a pooling arrangement, the net revenues generated by all of the vessels in a pool are aggregated and distributed to pool members pursuant to a pre-arranged weighting system that recognizes each vessel's earnings capacity based on its cargo capacity, speed and consumption, and actual on-hire performance. Recent Developments In December 2010, we agreed to acquire a VLCC built in 1999 at the Daewoo shipyard for $55.0 million. On February 25, 2011, we entered into a secured loan agreement with DVB Bank SE to borrow $27.5 million to finance part of the cost of the acquisition of the vessel, which was named the DHT Phoenix. The DHT Phoenix was delivered during the first quarter of 2011 and will be operated it in the Tankers International Pool. In February 2011, we issued a total of 15,425,300 shares of common stock for total net proceeds of $67.7 million. On March 21, 2011, we announced that we agreed to acquire a VLCC built in 2002 at Samsung for $67.0 million. The vessel will be named the DHT Eagle and we expect it to be delivered during the second quarter of 2011. CHARTER ARRANGEMENTS The following summary of the material terms of our charters does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the charters. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find useful. For more complete information, you should read the entire time charter party with amendments for each vessel listed as an exhibit to this report. General – Time Charters Effective October 18, 2005, certain of our wholly-owned subsidiaries time chartered our Initial Vessels to the charterers for a period of five to six and one-half years, as set forth in the table below. Each time charter may be renewed by the charterer on one or more successive occasions for periods of one, two or three years, up to an aggregate of four, six or eight years, depending on the vessel. The charterer must exercise its renewal option in writing at least 90 days prior to expiration of the existing charter period. If a time charter is renewed, the charter terms providing for profit sharing will remain in effect and the charterer, at the time of exercise, will have the option to select a basic charter rate that is equal to (i) 5% above the published one-, two- or three-year time charter rate (corresponding to the extension length) for the vessel’s class, as decided by a shipbrokers’ panel, or (ii) the basic hire rate set forth in the charter. The Broker Panel will be The Association of Shipbrokers and Agents Tanker Broker Panel or another panel of brokers mutually acceptable to us and the charterer. 21 Table of Contents On November 26, 2008, we entered into an agreement with OSG whereby OSG exercised its option to extend the charters for the Initial Vessels upon expiry of the vessels’ initial charter periods. For the Overseas Rebecca and the Overseas Ania, the charters were extended for 18 months after the initial charter periods expire in October 2010 at the basic charter rate. With regards to the remaining five vessels, the charters were extended for 12 months after the initial charter periods expire between April 2011 and April 2012, with the basic charter hire rate for the declared extension periods being either the basic charter rate stipulated in the applicable charter or, if the one-year time charter rate is lower, a base rate which is no more than $5,000 per day below the basic charter rate stipulated in the charters. We guarantee the obligations of each of our subsidiaries under the time charters and OSG guarantees each charterers’ obligation to make charter payments to us. Vessel Overseas Ann Overseas Chris Overseas Regal Overseas Cathy Overseas Sophie Overseas Rebecca Overseas Ania Term of Initial Charter 6½ years 6 years 5½ years 6¼ years 5¾ years 5 years 5 years Expiration of Initial Charter April 17, 2012 October 17, 2011 April 17, 2011 January 17, 2012 July 17, 2011 October 17, 2010 October 17, 2010 Expiration After Extension April 16, 2013 October 16, 2012 April 16, 2012 January 16, 2013 July 16, 2012 April 16, 2012 April 16, 2012 Maximum Remaining Extension Term 7 years 7 years 5 years 7 years 7 years 3 ½ years 3 ½ years The charterers are wholly-owned subsidiaries of OSG. Under the time charters, we are required to keep the vessels seaworthy, and to crew, operate and maintain them, including ensuring (i) that the vessels have been approved for trading (referred to in the industry as “vetting approvals”) by a minimum of four major oil companies and (ii) that we do not lose any vetting approvals that are required to maintain the vessels’ trading patterns. Tanker Management performs those duties for us under the ship management agreements described below. If structural changes or new equipment is required due to changes mandated by legislation or regulation, the vessel classification society or the standards of an oil company for which vetting approval is required, the charterers will be required to pay the first $50,000 per year per vessel for all such changes. To the extent the cost of all such changes exceeds $50,000, the excess cost will be apportioned to us and the charterer of the vessel on the basis of the ratio of the remaining charter period and the remaining useful life of the vessel (calculated as 25 years from the year built), with the charterers paying 50% of the apportioned cost. Each charter also provides that the basic hire will be reduced if the vessel does not achieve the performance specifications set forth in the charter. Pursuant to the charters, the charterers have agreed to endeavor to avoid or limit any liability to their customers for consequential damages. In addition, the charterers and OSG International, Inc., or “OIN,” have agreed to use their commercial best efforts to charter our vessels on market terms and to ensure that preferential treatment is not given to any other vessels owned, managed or controlled by OIN or its affiliates. The charterers have a right of first offer over the sale of the applicable vessel, which, in the event we wish to sell such vessel, requires us to offer to sell the vessel to the applicable charterer at a price determined by a shipbrokers’ panel. The charterers are not obligated to pay us charter hire for off hire days that include days a vessel is unable to be in service due to, among other things, repairs or drydockings. However, we have obtained loss of hire insurance that will generally provide coverage against business interruption for periods of more than 21 days (in the case of our VLCCs) or 14 days (in the case of our Aframaxes) per incident (up to a maximum of 120 days per incident), following any loss under our hull and machinery policy. The terms of the time charters do not provide the charterers with an option to terminate the charter before the end of their respective terms. However, the charterers may terminate in the event of the total loss or constructive total loss of a vessel, if the vessel fails an inspection by a government and/or a port state authority, in the event the vessel fails to comply with the charter’s vetting requirements, or in the event that the vessel is rendered unavailable for charterers’ service for a period of thirty days or more as a result of detention of a vessel by any governmental authority, or by any legal action against vessel or owners, or by any strike or boycott by the vessel’s officers or crew. 22 Table of Contents General – Bareboat Charters On December 4, 2007, one of our Suezmaxes, the Overseas Newcastle, was bareboat chartered to a subsidiary of OSG for a term of seven years at a basic bareboat charter rate of $26,343 per day for the first three years of the charter term, and $25, 343 per day for the last four years of the charter term. According to the terms of the bareboat charter, we will be paid this basic hire even for the days on which the vessel is not able to be in service. In addition to the bareboat charter rate, we will, through the profit sharing element of this charter agreement, earn 33% of the vessel’s earnings above the time charter equivalent rate of $35,000 per day for the first three years of the charter term and above $34,000 per day for the last four years of the charter term, calculated on a four quarter rolling average. At the end of the seven year charter term, OSG has the right to acquire the vessel for $77 million. On January 28, 2008, our other Suezmax, the Overseas London, was bareboat chartered to a subsidiary of OSG for a term of 10 years at a basic bareboat charter rate of $26,630 per day for the term of the charter. According to the terms of the bareboat charter, we will be paid this basic hire even for the days on which the vessel is not able to be in service. There is no profit sharing element under this bareboat charter. OSG has the right to acquire the vessel at the end of the eighth, ninth and tenth year of the charter term at a price of $71 million, $67 million and $60 million, respectively. If OSG elects to exercise its purchase option, we will, in addition to the purchase option price, receive an amount equal to 40% of the difference between the market price of the vessel at the time the purchase option is exercised and the purchase option price. Basic Hire Under each time charter for our Initial Vessels, the daily charter rate for each such vessel, which we refer to as “basic hire,” is payable to us monthly in advance and will increase annually. The basic hire under the charters for each vessel type during each year of the initial fixed term of the charter and the extension periods agreed to on November 26, 2008 is as follows: End of Charter Year (1) October 17, 2006 October 17, 2007 October 17, 2008 October 17, 2009 October 17, 2010 October 17, 2011 October 17, 2012 October 17, 2013 Charter Year 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ____________ (1) The charters, including the extension options agreed to on November 26, 2008, expire as follows for the Overseas Ann, Overseas Cathy, Overseas Chris, Overseas Sophie, Overseas Regal, Overseas Ania and Overseas Rebecca: April 16, 2013; January 16, 2013; October 16, 2012; July 16, 2012; April 16, 2012; April 16, 2012 and April 16, 2012, respectively. VLCCs(2) $37,200/day 37,400/day 37,500/day 37,600/day 37,800/day 38,100/day 38,500/day 38,800/day Aframaxes(2) (Overseas Cathy and Overseas Sophie ) $24,500/day 24,700/day 24,800/day 24,900/day 25,100/day 25,400/day 25,700/day 26,000/day Aframaxes (Overseas Rebecca and Overseas Ania) $18,500/day 18,700/day 18,800/day 18,900/day 19,100/day 19,400/day 19,700/day (2) With regards to the 12-month extensions agreed to on November 26, 2008, the table shows the maximum basic hire rate achievable for the declared extension periods as stipulated in the charters. The basic charter hire rate achievable for the declared extension periods is either the basic charter rate stipulated in the applicable charter or, if the one-year time charter rate is lower, a base rate which is no more than $5,000 per day below the basic charter rate stipulated in the charters. Under each Time Charter, the charterer has the option to renew the charter on one or more successive occasions for periods of one, two or three years, up to an aggregate of four, six or eight years, including the extensions agreed to on November 26, 2008, depending on the vessel. Each such option will be exercisable not less than three months prior to the then-effective charter expiration date. If a time charter is renewed, the charter terms providing for profit sharing will remain in effect and the charterer, at the time of exercise, will have the option to select a basic charter rate that is equal to (i) 5% above the published one-, two- or three-year time charter rate (corresponding to the extension length) for the vessel’s class, as decided by the Broker Panel (subject to specified floors for certain of our vessels for the declared extension period), or (ii) the basic hire rate set forth in the charter. 23 Table of Contents With respect to our Suezmax, the Overseas Newcastle, the basic bareboat charter rate will be $26,343 per day for the first three years of the charter term and $25,343 per day for the last four years of the charter term. With respect to our other Suezmax, the Overseas London, the basic bareboat charter rate will be $26,630 per day for the entire ten year term of the charter. Under each bareboat charter, the charterer does not have the option to renew the charter at the end of the seven-year and ten-year charter period, respectively. Additional Hire Pursuant to the charter arrangements for our Initial Vessels, the parent of each of the charterers, OIN, has agreed to pay us quarterly in arrears a payment, which is in addition to the basic hire we will receive under our charters, that we refer to as additional hire. OIN will pay us additional hire on a quarterly basis equal to 40% of the excess, if any, of the aggregate charter hire earned (or deemed earned in the event that a vessel is operated in the spot market outside a pool) by the charterers on all of our vessels above the aggregate basic hire paid by the charterers to us in respect of all of our vessels during the calculation period. OSG has guaranteed the additional hire payments due to us under the charter framework agreement. If we sell a vessel to a third party, the vessel will continue to be subject to the charter framework agreement and will continue to earn additional hire, but will not be included in our fleetwide calculations. Additional hire is calculated on TCE basis, regardless of whether the charterers operate our vessels in a pool, on time charters or in the spot market. However, the manner in which charter hire is calculated for a given period depends on whether our vessels are operated in a pool or in the time or spot charter market. Currently, all of our VLCCs on time charter are operated in the Tankers International Pool and two of our Aframax vessels are operated in the Aframax International Pool. The Overseas Ania and the Overseas Rebecca left the Aframax International Pool as of July 1, 2008 and July 16, 2009, respectively, and are re-chartered by OSG to OSG Lightering until April 2012. General provisions regarding additional hire for our Initial Vessels. Additional hire for any calendar quarter subsequent to September 30, 2006 will be equal to an amount that is 40% of the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate of the rolling four quarter weighted average hire for all of the applicable vessels in the calendar quarter over (ii) the aggregate of the basic hire earned by all of the applicable vessels in that calendar quarter. The weighted average hire for each vessel is determined by: • aggregating all TCE revenue earned or deemed earned by the vessel in the four quarter period ending on the last day of the quarter and dividing the result by the number of days the vessel was on hire in that four quarter period; and • multiplying the resulting rate by the number of days the vessel was on hire in the calendar quarter. OIN is responsible for performing the additional hire calculations each quarter, subject to our right to review its calculations. Additional hire, if any, is payable on the 35th day following the end of each calendar quarter. We will not be required to refund any additional hire payments made to us by OIN in respect of prior periods due to our vessels earning less than the basic hire amounts. Additional hire for vessels operating in a pool. General. In order to enhance vessel utilization and earnings, OSG is a member of the Tankers International Pool, which operates VLCCs and V Pluses, and the Aframax International Pool, which operates Aframaxes. Our VLCCs and two of our Aframaxes are currently operated in these pools. The Tankers International Pool currently consists of 45 VLCCs and V Pluses, including our three VLCCs, and the Aframax International Pool consists of 47 Aframaxes, including two of our four Aframaxes. The large number of vessels managed by these pools allows them to enhance vessel utilization, and therefore vessel earnings, with backhaul cargoes and contracts of affreightment, or “COAs,” which minimize idle time and distances traveled empty. We therefore believe that, over a longer period of time, our potential to earn additional hire will be enhanced by the higher utilization rates and lower overhead costs that a vessel operating inside a pool can achieve compared with a vessel operating independently outside of a pool. 24 Table of Contents Allocation of pool revenues. Earnings generated by all vessels operating in a pool are expressed on a TCE basis and then pooled and allocated based on a pre- arranged weighting system that recognizes each vessel’s earnings capacity based on its cargo capacity, speed and consumption and actual on-hire performance. Earnings from vessels operating on voyage charters in the spot market and on COAs within the pool need to be converted into TCE revenues (by subtracting voyage expenses such as fuel and port charges) while vessels operating on time charters within a pool do not need to be converted. For vessels operating on voyage charters in the spot market and on COAs, aggregated voyage expenses are deducted from aggregated revenues to result in an aggregate net revenue amount, which is the TCE amount. These aggregate net revenues are combined with aggregate time charter revenues to determine aggregate pool TCE revenue. Aggregate pool TCE revenue is then allocated to each vessel in accordance with the allocation formula. Because OSG currently operates the majority of the VLCCs and Aframaxes it owns and charters in the Tankers International and Aframax International Pools, respectively, we expect that most of our VLCCs and Aframaxes will continue to be operated in these pools and that each charterer will earn its vessel’s share of the respective pool’s TCE revenue from the commencement of our time charters with OSG’s subsidiaries and for so long as OSG maintains its membership in that pool. However, OSG can withdraw from either pool at any time, and the members of either pool can agree to change the terms of their respective pools at any time. Furthermore, under the current terms of the respective pool agreements, OSG may withdraw a particular VLCC (including any of ours) from the Tankers International Pool and time charter it to a third party for a term exceeding five years and may withdraw a particular Aframax (including any of ours) from the Aframax International Pool and time charter it to a third party for a term in excess of three years. The Overseas Ania and the Overseas Rebecca, two of our Aframaxes, were withdrawn from the Aframax International Pool in July 2008 and July 2009, respectively, and are re-chartered by OSG to OSG Lightering until April 2012. The amount of TCE revenue earned by our vessels that operate in pools is equal to the pool earnings for those vessels, as reported to each charterer by the respective pool manager. Additional hire for vessels operating outside of a pool. Regarding the Overseas Ania and the Overseas Rebecca, and if OSG withdraws more of our vessels from a pool or if a pool disbands, the methodology for calculating TCE revenue for determination of additional hire will differ. TCE revenue for the Overseas Ania and the Overseas Rebecca, or any affected vessel will be equal to: • for periods under time charters: actual time charter hire earned by the charterer under time charters to third parties for any periods during the quarter that the vessel operates under the time charter, less ship broker commissions paid by the charterer to unaffiliated third parties in an amount not to exceed 2.5% of such time charter hire and commercial management fees paid by the charterer to unaffiliated third parties in an amount not to exceed 1.25% of such time charter hire; plus • for periods in the spot market: the TCE revenue deemed earned by the charterer in the spot market, calculated as described under the special provisions referred to below. We define “spot market” periods as periods during the quarter that a vessel is not subchartered by the charterer under a time charter or operating in a pool and during which the vessel is on hire under our time charter with the charterer. Special provisions regarding the calculation of additional hire when vessels are operated outside of a pool and not in the time charter market. If a vessel is operated by a charterer outside of a pool and not in the time charter market (i.e., in the spot market) TCE revenue will be deemed earned for the period that the vessel is operating on the spot market and is on hire under our time charter. TCE revenue will be calculated each quarter using averages of the daily spot rates (expressed in Worldscale Points) for the routes specified below, as determined by the Broker Panel. We refer to these averages as the average spot rates and we refer to these routes as the notional routes. The average spot rates will be determined for the notional routes as follows: • multiplying the daily spot rate expressed in Worldscale Points (first divided by 100) by the applicable Worldscale flat rate (expressed in U.S. dollars per ton of cargo) for the notional route as set forth in the New Worldwide Tanker Nominal Freight Scale issued by the Worldscale Association for the relevant period and multiplying that product by the cargo size (in tons) for each vessel type to calculate freight income; 25 Table of Contents • subtracting voyage costs consisting of brokerage commissions of 2.5% and commercial management costs of 1.25%, bunker costs and port charges from freight income to calculate voyage income; and • dividing voyage income by voyage duration, including time in port. A TCE per-day rate will be calculated based on the average spot rates reported by the Broker Panel and weighted by the notional routes as described below. TCE revenue for the vessel will be calculated by multiplying the TCE per-day rate by the number of days the vessel was operating on hire under our time charter during that quarter. The Broker Panel will be The Association of Shipbrokers and Agents Tanker Broker Panel or another panel of brokers mutually acceptable to us and OIN. If Worldscale ceases to be published, the Broker Panel shall use its best judgment in determining the nearest alternative method of assessing the market rates on the specified voyages. On the last day of each calendar quarter, OIN will instruct the Broker Panel to determine for each notional route the average spot rate for the relevant period during that quarter that the vessel was on hire. Periods for which a vessel is off hire under our time charter for any reason will be excluded from the calculation. The Broker Panel will be instructed to deliver their assessment of the average spot rates no later than the fifth business day following the instruction date to make such assessment. Upon receipt of the Broker Panel’s assessment of the average spot rates, OIN will calculate the TCE revenue deemed earned by each charterer for the relevant periods during that quarter, and will deliver such calculation to us no later than the fifth business day following the date on which it receives the average spot rate assessment from the Broker Panel. Such TCE revenue amounts will be included in the additional hire calculation for the quarter. Determinations of the Broker Panel will be binding on us and OIN. We and OIN will share equally the cost of such Broker Panel assessment and of any experts engaged by the Broker Panel. The notional routes, cargo sizes and the weighting to be applied to each route in calculating the TCE daily rates is as follows: 1. Aframaxes Puerta la Cruz to Corpus Christi with 70,000 tons of crude (50% weight) Sullom Voe to Wilhelmshaven with 80,000 tons of crude (25% weight) Banias to Lavera with 80,000 tons of crude (25% weight) 2. VLCCs Ras Tanura to Chiba with 250,000 tons of crude (50% weight) Ras Tanura to LOOP with 280,000 tons of crude (46% weight) Offshore Bonny to LOOP with 260,000 tons of crude (4% weight) The notional routes are intended to represent routes on which Aframaxes and VLCCs are typically traded by the charterers. If during the term of the charter, in OIN’s reasonable opinion, any notional route ceases to be used by Aframaxes or VLCCs, as the case may be, or the selection of bunkering ports for purposes of determining bunker prices ceases to be representative of bunkering practice along a notional route, OIN may, with our consent, which we may not unreasonably withhold, instruct the Broker Panel to substitute alternative notional routes and bunkering ports that most closely match the routes and bunkering ports then being used by Aframaxes or VLCCs and to apply appropriate weights to such alternative routes for such period. If in OIN’s reasonable opinion it becomes impractical or dangerous, due to war, hostilities, warlike operations, civil war, civil commotion, revolution or terrorism for Aframaxes and VLCCs to operate on the notional routes, OIN may request our agreement, which we may not unreasonably refuse, for the average daily rate to be determined during the period of such danger or restriction of trading using average spot rates determined by the Broker Panel for alternative notional routes proposed by the charterer that reasonably reflect realistic alternative round voyage trade for Aframaxes and VLCCs during the period of such danger or restriction of trading. In such event, the TCE revenue for such period will be calculated using the daily spot rates for such alternative routes and applying such weights as determined by the charterer, with our agreement, which we may not unreasonably refuse. 26 Table of Contents Additional details on the calculation of TCE revenue for spot periods are set forth below: • Calculation of voyage duration. The voyage duration for each notional route will be calculated for the laden and ballast legs of a round trip on such notional route using the distance, speed and time in port specified below for each vessel. • Data used in calculations. The following data will be used in the above calculations and is subject to annual review to ensure consistency with industry standards: Bunkers in port For Aframaxes (Overseas Cathy and Overseas Sophie): loading 20 tons; discharging 20 tons. For Aframaxes (Overseas Rebecca and Overseas Ania): loading 20 tons; discharging 20 tons. For VLCCs: loading 50 tons; discharging 200 tons. Bunker costs Bunkers used in the calculation of freight income will be determined based on speed, distance and consumption of bunkers at sea and in port. Bunker costs will be equal to the bunkers used multiplied by the bunker price. Bunker prices will be as published by Platts Bunkerwire, or a similar publication or quotation service mutually acceptable to us and the charterer, and will be increased for barge delivery charges to reflect the average barge delivery charges in the applicable port over the prior applicable period. Bunker prices for Aframaxes: the weighted average of the daily mean prices during the spot period for Marine Fuel Oil grade IFO 380 CST prevailing at each of Houston (50% weighting), Rotterdam (25% weighting) and Gibraltar (25% weighting). Bunker prices for VLCCs: the average of the daily mean prices during the spot period for Marine Fuel Oil grade IFO 380 CST prevailing at each of Fujairah and Houston, averaged on an equal weighting. Port charges The port charges for each notional route will be equal to the sum of port tariffs, tugs and other port call expenses at the loading and discharging ports, in U.S. dollars, converted if necessary at the exchange rate in effect on the last calendar day of the period for which the TCE day rate is being calculated. Time in port For Aframaxes: 5 days, which will be split 2 days loading, 2 days discharging and 1 day idling. For VLCCs: 7.5 days, which will be split 3 days loading, 3 days discharging and 1.5 days idling. Distance The distance for each notional route will be determined according to the “World-Wide Marine Distance Tables” published by British Petroleum. 27 Table of Contents Speed and consumption at sea For Aframaxes (Overseas Cathy and Overseas Sophie): 15 knots at 60 tons per day in laden condition and 15 knots at 60 tons per day in ballast condition, less a steaming allowance of 7.5% applied to the speeds to allow for weather and navigation. For Aframaxes (Overseas Rebecca and Overseas Ania): 13.3 knots at 37 tons per day in laden condition and 13.3 knots at 37 tons per day in ballast condition, less a steaming allowance of 7.5% applied to the speeds to allow for weather and navigation. For VLCCs: 14.75 knots at 105 tons per day in laden condition and 15.75 knots at 100 tons per day in ballast condition, less a steaming allowance of 7.5% applied to the speeds to allow for weather and navigation. Additional hire for vessels operating under bareboat charter. With respect to one of our Suezmaxes, the Overseas Newcastle, we will, in addition to the basic bareboat rate, earn 33% of the vessel’s earnings above the TCE rate of $35,000 per day for the first three years of the bareboat charter term and above $34,000 per day for the last four years of the charter term, calculated on a four quarter rolling average. There is no profit sharing element under the bareboat charter agreement for our other Suezmax, the Overseas London. SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS The following summary of the material terms of our ship management agreements does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the ship management agreements. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find useful. For more complete information, you should read the exhibit to this report which outlines the terms and conditions of the new ship management agreements entered into by the subsidiaries owning our Initial Vessels. At the time of our IPO in October 2005 each of the subsidiaries owning our Initial Vessels entered into fixed rate ship management agreements with Tanker Management with respect to such vessels. Effective as of January 16, 2009, Tanker Management exercised its right to cancel the ship management agreements and effective as of the same date each of the subsidiaries owning our Initial Vessels entered into new ship management agreements with Tanker Management. Under the new ship management agreements, each of the subsidiaries pay the actual cost associated with the technical management of the vessels in addition to an annual management fee. Old Ship Management Agreements Under the Initial Vessels’ old ship management agreements, Tanker Management was responsible for all technical management and most of the associated costs, including crewing, maintenance, repair, Drydockings (subject to the provisions described below), maintaining required vetting approvals, and other vessel operating expenses, but excluding insurance premiums and vessel taxes. Additionally, Tanker Management was responsible for all scheduled Drydocking costs related to our Initial Vessels. Tanker Management was also obligated under the old ship management agreements to arrange for insurance for the Initial Vessels, including marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance (including pollution risks and crew insurances), war risk insurance and loss of hire insurance and we were responsible for the payment of all premiums. We obtained loss of hire insurance that generally provided coverage against business interruption for periods of more than 21 days (in the case of our VLCCs) or 14 (in the case of our Aframaxes) per incident (up to a maximum of 120 days) following any loss under our hull and machinery policy (mechanical breakdown, grounding, collision or other incidence of damage that does not result in a total loss or constructive total loss of the vessel). Tanker Management was permitted to assign its duties under the ship management agreements to an affiliate at any time. 28 Table of Contents Under the old ship management agreements, we paid Tanker Management a technical management fee in exchange for the management services and payment of costs described above, expressed in dollars per day that was payable monthly in advance and calculated on the actual number of days in the month. For the management agreements, the technical management fee was fixed through October 2007 and increases by 2.5% per year thereafter until the agreements were terminated in January 16, 2009. Under the old ship management agreements, Tanker Management agreed to maintain our vessels so that they complied with the requirements of our charters and were in class with valid certification, and to keep them in the same good order and condition as when delivered, except for ordinary wear and tear. In addition, Tanker Management was responsible for our fleet’s compliance with all government, environmental and other regulations. From October 18, 2008, both us and Tanker Management had the right to terminate for any reason at any time upon 90 days’ advance notice. Effective January 16, 2009, Tanker Management exercised its right to cancel the ship management agreements and effective as of the same date each of the subsidiaries owning our Initial Vessels entered into new ship management agreements with Tanker Management. New Ship Management Agreements Under the new ship management agreements for the Initial Vessels, Tanker Management continues to be responsible for all technical management, including crewing, maintenance, repair, Drydockings (subject to the provisions described below), and maintaining required vetting approvals. We have agreed to guarantee the obligations of each of our subsidiaries under the new ship management agreements. We have obtained loss of hire insurance that will generally provide coverage against business interruption for periods of more than 30 days per incident (up to a maximum of 120 days per incident per year) following any loss under our hull and machinery policy (mechanical breakdown, grounding, collision or other incidence of damage that does not result in a total loss or constructive total loss of the vessel). Each new ship management agreement is coterminous with the time charter of the associated vessel. An extension of a time charter will trigger an extension of the associated ship management agreement unless it is cancelled as described below. Under each new ship management agreement, we will pay the actual cost of operating and Drydocking of the vessel as well as an annual fixed management fee to Tanker Management in exchange for the management services. Under the new ship management agreements, Tanker Management has agreed to maintain our vessels so that they continue to comply with the requirements of our charters and are in class with valid certification, and to keep them in the same good order and condition as when delivered, except for ordinary wear and tear. In addition, Tanker Management is responsible for our fleet’s compliance with all government, environmental and other regulations. The new ship management agreements are cancelable by us or Tanker Management for any reason at any time upon 90 days’ prior written notice to the other. If a ship management agreement is terminated, we will be required to pay a termination fee of $45,000 per vessel to cover costs of the manager associated with termination. We will also be required to obtain the consent of the applicable charterer and our lenders before we appoint a new manager; however, such consent may not to be unreasonably withheld. Suezmaxes Each of our Suezmaxes are on bareboat charters to subsidiaries of OSG, pursuant to which the charterer is responsible for all technical management of the vessel, including vessel insurance. Accordingly, these vessels are not subject to ship management agreements. OUR FLEET The following chart summarizes certain information about the ten vessels in our current fleet. 29 Table of Contents Vessel Year Built VLCC Overseas Ann(1) Overseas Chris(1) Overseas Regal(1) DHT Phoenix(4) Suezmax Overseas Newcastle(2) Overseas London(3) Aframax Overseas Cathy(1) Overseas Sophie(1) Overseas Rebecca(1) Overseas Ania(1) 2001 2001 1997 1999 2001 2000 2004 2003 1994 1994 Dwt 309,327 309,285 309,966 307,151 164,626 152,923 112,028 112,045 94,873 94,848 Current Flag Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Classification Society Lloyds Lloyds ABS Lloyds ABS DNV ABS ABS ABS ABS (1) Acquired on October 18, 2005 and time chartered to a subsidiary of OSG as of that date. (2) Acquired on December 4, 2007 and bareboat chartered to a subsidiary of OSG as of that date. (3) Acquired on January 28, 2008 and bareboat chartered to a subsidiary of OSG as of that date. (4) Acquired on March 2, 2011 and to be operated in the Tankers International pool. The Overseas Regal was built in Japan by Universal Shipbuilding Corporation (formerly Hitachi Zosen Corporation) and our other six Initial Vessels were built by Hyundai Heavy Industries Co. in South Korea, in each case under full-time on-site supervision of OSG’s in-house naval architects. The Overseas Newcastle and the Overseas London were also built by Hyundai Heavy Industries Co. in South Korea. The DHT Phoenix was built by Daewoo Heavy Industries in South Korea. Our vessels have been built to specifications, which, in many areas, exceed industry and shipyard standards at the time of construction. Our vessels incorporate coating specifications for both the hull and the cargo tanks to minimize corrosion, reduce maintenance and help protect the environment. As a result, we believe our vessels are among the most efficient and safe tankers. RISK OF LOSS AND INSURANCE Our operations may be affected by a number of risks, including mechanical failure of the vessels, collisions, property loss to the vessels, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, the operation of any ocean-going vessel is subject to the inherent possibility of catastrophic marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade. DHT Management AS is responsible for arranging the insurance of our vessels on terms in line with standard industry practice. We are responsible for the payment of premiums. DHT Management AS has arranged for marine hull and machinery and war risks insurance, which includes the risk of actual or constructive total loss, and protection and indemnity insurance with mutual assurance associations. DHT Management AS will also arrange for loss of hire insurance in respect of each of our vessels, subject to the availability of such coverage at commercially reasonable terms. Loss of hire insurance generally provides coverage against business interruption following any loss under our hull and machinery policy. We have obtained loss of hire insurance that generally provides coverage against business interruption for periods of more than 30 days (up to a maximum of 120 days) following any loss under our hull and machinery policy (mechanical breakdown, grounding, collision or other incidence of damage that does not result in a total loss of the vessel). Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is $1 billion per vessel per occurrence. Protection and indemnity associations are mutual marine indemnity associations formed by ship-owners to provide protection from large financial loss to one member by contribution towards that loss by all members. 30 Table of Contents Our two Suezmaxes, which are currently bareboat chartered to subsidiaries of OSG, are subject to the same insurance coverage as our seven Initial Vessels. However, under a bareboat charter arrangement, the charterer is responsible for all insurance for the vessel, including with respect to payment of premiums and deductibles. We believe that our anticipated insurance coverage will be adequate to protect us against the accident-related risks involved in the conduct of our business and that we will maintain appropriate levels of environmental damage and pollution insurance coverage, consistent with standard industry practice. However, there is no assurance that all risks are adequately insured against, that any particular claims will be paid or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future following termination of the ship management agreements and bareboat charters. INSPECTION BY A CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY Every commercial vessel’s hull and machinery is evaluated by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that the vessel has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the vessel’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. Each vessel is inspected by a surveyor of the classification society in three surveys of varying frequency and thoroughness: every year for the annual survey, every two to three years for intermediate surveys and every four to five years for special surveys. Should any defects be found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” for appropriate repairs which have to be made by the ship-owner within the time limit prescribed. Vessels may be required, as part of the annual and intermediate survey process, to be drydocked for inspection of the underwater portions of the vessel and for necessary repair stemming from the inspection. Special surveys always require Drydocking. Each of our vessels has been certified as being “in class” by a member society of the International Association of Classification Societies, indicated in the table on page 30 of this report. ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION Government regulation significantly affects the ownership and operation of our tankers. They are subject to international conventions, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our tankers may operate or are registered. Under both the old and new ship management agreements for our Initial Vessels and under the bareboat charters for our Suezmaxes, Tanker Management and the bareboat charterers, respectively, have assumed technical management responsibility for our fleet, including compliance with all government and other regulations. If our ship management agreements with Tanker Management terminate, we would attempt to hire another party to assume this responsibility, including compliance with the regulations described herein and any costs associated with such compliance. However, in such event, we may be unable to hire another party to perform these and other services, and we may incur substantial costs to comply with environmental requirements. A variety of governmental and private entities subject our tankers to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (U.S. Coast Guard, harbor master or equivalent), classification societies, flag state administration (country of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators and oil companies. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses and certificates for the operation of our tankers. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or temporarily suspend operation of one or more of our tankers. We believe that the heightened level of environmental and quality concerns among insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers is leading to greater inspection and safety requirements on all tankers and may accelerate the scrapping of older tankers throughout the industry. Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for tankers that conform to the stricter environmental standards. With respect to our Initial Vessels and our Suezmaxes, Tanker Management and the bareboat charterers, respectively, are required to maintain operating standards for all of our tankers emphasizing operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with U.S. and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations; however, because such laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stringent requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our tankers. In addition, a future serious marine incident that results in significant oil pollution or otherwise causes significant adverse environmental impact, such as the recent Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability. 31 Table of Contents INTERNATIONAL MARITIME ORGANIZATION In April 2001, the IMO adopted regulations under the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or “MARPOL,” requiring new tankers of 5,000 dwt and over, contracted for construction since July 6, 1993, to have double hull, mid-deck or equivalent design. At that time, the regulations also required the phase-out of non-double hull tankers by 2015, with tankers having double sides or double bottoms permitted to operate until the earlier of 2017 or when the vessel reaches 25 years of age. Existing single hull tankers were required to be phased out unless retrofitted with double hull, mid-deck or equivalent design no later than 30 years after delivery. These regulations were adopted by over 150 nations, including many of the jurisdictions in which our tankers operate. Subsequent amendments to the MARPOL regulations accelerated the phase out of single hull tankers to 2005 for Category I vessels and 2010 for Category II and III vessels. Category I vessels are crude oil tankers of 20,000 dwt and above and product tankers of 30,000 dwt and above that are pre- MARPOL Segregated Ballast Tanks, or “SBT” tankers. Category II tankers are crude oil tankers of 20,000 dwt and above and product tankers of 30,000 dwt and above that are post-MARPOL SBT tankers. Category III tankers are tankers above 5,000 dwt, but below the deadweight specified for Category I and II tankers above. The IMO may adopt additional regulations in the future that could further restrict the operation of single hull vessels. All of our tankers are double-hulled and are thus not subject to phase-out under existing IMO regulations. In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships to address air pollution from ships. Annex VI, which became effective in May 2005, sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances, such as chlorofluorocarbons. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. All of our vessels are currently compliant with these regulations. In July 2010, the IMO amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide particulate matter and ozone depleting substances came into effect. The new standards seek to reduce air pollution from vessels by, among other things, establishing a series of progressive standards to further limit the sulfur content of fuel oil, which would be phased in by 2020, and by establishing new tiers of nitrogen oxide emission standards for new marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. Additionally, more stringent emission standards could apply in coastal areas designated as Emission Control Areas, or ECAs. The United States ratified these Annex VI amendments in October 2008, thereby rendering its emissions standards equivalent to IMO requirements. Please see the discussion of the U.S. Clean Air Act under “U.S. Requirements” below for information on the ECA designated in North America and the Hawaiian Islands. Under the International Safety Management Code, or “ISM Code,” promulgated by the IMO, the party with operational control of a vessel is required to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. Tanker Management and the charterers of the Overseas Newcastle and the Overseas London will rely upon their respective safety management systems. The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel’s management with code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a certificate unless its operator has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. All requisite documents of compliance have been obtained with respect to the operators of all our vessels and safety management certificates have been issued for all our vessels for which the certificates are required by the IMO. These documents of compliance and safety management certificates are renewed as required. Noncompliance with the ISM Code and other IMO regulations may subject the ship-owner or charterer to increased liability, lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. For example, the U.S. Coast Guard and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports. 32 Table of Contents Many countries have ratified and follow the liability plan adopted by the IMO and set out in the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage of 1969, or the “1969 Convention.” Some of these countries have also adopted the 1992 Protocol to the 1969 Convention, or the “1992 Protocol.” Under both the 1969 Convention and the 1992 Protocol, a vessel’s registered owner is strictly liable, subject to certain affirmative defenses, for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject to certain complete defenses. These conventions also limit the liability of the shipowner under certain circumstances. As these conventions calculate liability in terms of a basket of currencies, the figures in this section are converted into U.S. dollars based on currency exchange rates on January 31, 2011. Under the 1969 Convention, except where the owner is guilty of actual fault, its liability is limited to $208 per gross ton (a unit of measurement for the total enclosed spaces within a vessel) with a maximum liability of $21.9 million. Under the 1992 Protocol, the owner’s liability is limited except where the pollution damage results from its personal act or omission, committed with the intent to cause such damage, or recklessly and with knowledge that such damage would probably result. Under the 2000 amendments to the 1992 Protocol, which became effective on November 1, 2003, liability is limited to approximately $7.1 million plus $987 for each additional gross ton over 5,000 for vessels of 5,000 to 140,000 gross tons, and approximately $140.4 million for vessels over 140,000 gross tons, subject to the exceptions discussed above for the 1992 Protocol. In addition, IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, or BWM Convention, in February 2004. The BWM Convention provides for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not become effective until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. The Convention has not yet entered into force because a sufficient number of states have failed to adopt it. However, the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee passed a resolution in March 2010 encouraging the ratification of the Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems. If mid-ocean ballast exchange or ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers, and these costs may be material. IMO regulations also require owners and operators of vessels to adopt Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plans, or “SOPEPs.” Periodic training and drills for response personnel and for vessels and their crews are required. In addition to SOPEPs, Tanker Management and the charterers of the Overseas Newcastle and the Overseas London have adopted Shipboard Marine Pollution Emergency Plans for our vessels, which cover potential releases not only of oil but of any noxious liquid substances. U.S. REQUIREMENTS The United States regulates the tanker industry with an extensive regulatory and liability regime for environmental protection and cleanup of oil spills, consisting primarily of the OPA, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or “CERCLA.” OPA affects all owners and operators whose vessels trade with the United States or its territories or possessions, or whose vessels operate in the waters of the United States, which include the U.S. territorial sea and the 200 nautical mile exclusive economic zone around the United States. CERCLA applies to the discharge of hazardous substances (other than oil) whether on land or at sea. Both OPA and CERCLA impact our business operations. Under OPA, vessel owners, operators and bareboat or demise charterers are “responsible parties” who are liable, without regard to fault, for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages, including property and natural resource damages and economic loss without physical damage to property, arising from oil spills and pollution from their vessels. Effective July 31, 2009, the U.S. Coast Guard adjusted the limits of OPA liability to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17.088 million for any double-hull tanker, such as our vessels, that is over 3,000 gross tons (subject to periodic adjustment for inflation). CERCLA, which applies to owners and operators of vessels, contains a similar liability regime and provides for cleanup, removal and natural resource damages. Liability under CERCLA for a release or incident involving a release of hazardous substances is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5 million for vessels carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million for any other vessel. These OPA and CERCLA limits of liability do not apply if an incident was directly caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations or by a responsible party’s gross negligence, willful misconduct, refusal to report the incident or refusal to cooperate and assist in connection with oil removal activities. In addition, in response to the oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico resulting from the explosion of the Deepwater Horizon drilling rig, bills have been introduced in both houses of the U.S. Congress to increase the limits of OPA liability for all vessels. 33 Table of Contents OPA specifically permits individual U.S. coastal states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries, and some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for oil spills. OPA also requires owners and operators of vessels to establish and maintain with the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential strict liability under the Act. The U.S. Coast Guard has enacted regulations requiring evidence of financial responsibility consistent with the aggregate limits of liability described above for OPA and CERCLA. Under the regulations, evidence of financial responsibility may be demonstrated by insurance, surety bond, self-insurance, guaranty or an alternative method subject to approval by the Director of the U.S. Coast Guard National Pollution Funds Center. Under OPA regulations, an owner or operator of more than one tanker is required to demonstrate evidence of financial responsibility for the entire fleet in an amount equal only to the financial responsibility requirement of the tanker having the greatest maximum strict liability under OPA and CERCLA. Tanker Management and the charterers of the Overseas Newcastle and the Overseas London have provided the requisite guarantees and received certificates of financial responsibility from the U.S. Coast Guard for each of our tankers required to have one. With respect to our Initial Vessels and our Suezmaxes, Tanker Management and the bareboat charterers, respectively, have arranged insurance for each of our tankers with pollution liability insurance in the amount of $1 billion. However, a catastrophic spill could exceed the insurance coverage available, in which event there could be a material adverse effect on our business, on the charterer’s business, which could impair the charterer’s ability to make payments to us under our charters, and on Tanker Management’s business, which could impair Tanker Management’s ability to manage our Initial Vessels. Under OPA, oil tankers as to which a contract for construction or major conversion was put in place after June 30, 1990 are required to have double hulls. In addition, oil tankers without double hulls will not be permitted to come to U.S. ports or trade in U.S. waters starting in 2015. All of our vessels have double hulls. OPA also amended the federal Water Pollution Control Act, or “Clean Water Act,” to require owners and operators of vessels to adopt vessel response plans for reporting and responding to oil spill scenarios up to a “worst case” scenario and to identify and ensure, through contracts or other approved means, the availability of necessary private response resources to respond to a “worst case discharge.” In addition, periodic training programs and drills for shore and response personnel and for vessels and their crews are required. Vessel response plans for our tankers operating in the waters of the United States have been approved by the U.S. Coast Guard. In addition, the U.S. Coast Guard has announced it intends to propose similar regulations requiring certain vessels to prepare response plans for the release of hazardous substances. With respect to our Initial Vessels and our Suezmaxes, Tanker Management and the bareboat charterers, respectively, are responsible for ensuring our vessels comply with any additional regulations. The U.S. Clean Water Act, or CWA, prohibits the discharge of oil or hazardous substances in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal and remediation and damages and complements the remedies available under OPA and CERCLA. Furthermore, most U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted laws that impose strict liability for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law. 34 Table of Contents The EPA regulates the discharge of ballast water and other substances in U.S. waters under the CWA. Effective February 6, 2009, EPA regulations require vessels 79 feet in length or longer (other than commercial fishing and recreational vessels) to comply with a Vessel General Permit authorizing ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the operation of vessels. The Vessel General Permit imposes technology and water-quality based effluent limits for certain types of discharges and establishes specific inspection, monitoring, recordkeeping and reporting requirements to ensure the effluent limits are met. U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or NISA, also impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all vessels equipped with ballast water tanks entering or operating in U.S. waters, and in 2009 the Coast Guard proposed new ballast water management standards and practices, including limits regarding ballast water releases. Compliance with the EPA and the U.S. Coast Guard regulations could require the installation of equipment on our vessels to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures at potentially substantial cost, and/or otherwise restrict our vessels from entering U.S. waters. The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the CAA, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our vessels are subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas and emission standards for so-called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters. The marine diesel engine emission standards are currently limited to new engines beginning with the 2004 model year. In April 2010, the EPA adopted new emission standards for Category 3 marine diesel engines equivalent to those adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL. The emission standards apply in two stages: near-term standards for newly-built engines will apply beginning in 2011, and long-term standards requiring an 80% reduction in nitrogen dioxides (NOx) will apply beginning in 2016. Compliance with these standards may cause us to incur costs to install control equipment on our vessels. The CAA also requires states to draft State Implementation Plans, or SIPs, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from vessel loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. As indicated above, our vessels operating in covered port areas are already equipped with vapor recovery systems that satisfy these existing requirements. Under regulations that became effective in July 2009, vessels sailing within 24 miles of the California coastline whose itineraries call for them to enter any California ports, terminal facilities, or internal or estuarine waters must use marine gas oil with a sulfur content equal to or less than 1.5% and marine diesel oil with a sulfur content equal to or less than 0.5%. Effective January 1, 2012, all marine fuels must have sulfur content equal to or less than 0.1% (1,000 ppm). The MEPC has designated the area extending 200 miles from the United States and Canadian territorial sea baseline adjacent to the Atlantic/Gulf and Pacific coasts and the eight main Hawaiian Islands as an ECA under the MARPOL Annex VI amendments. The new ECA will enter into force in August 2012, whereupon fuel used by all vessels operating in the ECA cannot exceed 1.0% sulfur, dropping to 0.1% sulfur in 2015. From 2016, NOx after-treatment requirements will also apply. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by the EPA or the states where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations. EUROPEAN UNION TANKER RESTRICTIONS The European Union has adopted legislation that will: (1) ban manifestly sub-standard vessels (defined as those over 15 years old that have been detained by port authorities at least twice in a six month period) from European waters and create an obligation of port states to inspect vessels posing a high risk to maritime safety or the marine environment; and (2) provide the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, including the ability to seek to suspend or revoke the authority of negligent societies. In addition, European Union regulations enacted in 2003 now prohibit all single hull tankers from entering into its ports or offshore terminals. The European Union has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/EC/33 (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced parallel requirements in the European Union to those in MARPOL Annex VI in respect of the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, it has introduced a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in EU ports from January 1, 2010. 35 Table of Contents The sinking of the oil tanker Prestige in 2002 has led to the adoption of other environmental regulations by certain European Union Member States. It is difficult to predict what legislation or additional regulations, if any, may be promulgated by the European Union in the future. GREENHOUSE GAS REGULATION Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or UNFCCC, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. A new treaty could be adopted in the future, however, that includes restrictions on shipping emissions. In addition, the IMO is, however, evaluating mandatory measures to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from international shipping, which may include market- based instruments or a carbon tax. In addition, the European Union has indicated that it intends to consider an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from marine vessels, if such emissions were not regulated through the IMO (or the UNFCCC) by December 31, 2010, which did not occur. In the United States, the EPA promulgated regulations in May 2010 that regulate certain emissions of greenhouse gases. Although these regulations do not cover greenhouse gas emissions from vessels, the EPA may decide in the future to regulate such emissions and has already been petitioned by the California Attorney General and a coalition of environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean going vessels. Other federal and state regulations relating to the control of greenhouse gas emissions may follow, including climate change initiatives that are being considered in the U.S. Congress. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, EU, the U.S. or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time. VESSEL SECURITY REGULATIONS As of July 1, 2004, all ships involved in international commerce and the port facilities that interface with those ships must comply with the new International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities, or “ISPS Code.” The ISPS Code, which was adopted by the IMO in December 2002, provides a set of measures and procedures to prevent acts of terrorism, which threaten the security of passengers and crew and the safety of ships and port facilities. All of our vessels have obtained an International Ship Security Certificate, or “ISSC,” from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel’s flag state and each vessel has developed and implemented an approved Ship Security Plan. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS The nature of our business, which involves the acquisition, chartering and ownership of our vessels, exposes us to the risk of lawsuits for damages or penalties relating to, among other things, personal injury, property casualty and environmental contamination. Under rules related to maritime proceedings, certain claimants may be entitled to attach charter hire payable to us in certain circumstances. There are no actions or claims pending against us as of the date of this report. C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE The following table sets forth our significant subsidiaries and the vessels owned by each of those subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010. Subsidiary Ania Aframax Corporation Ann Tanker Corporation Cathy Tanker Corporation Chris Tanker Corporation DHT Maritime, Inc. DHT Phoenix, Inc. London Tanker Corporation Newcastle Tanker Corporation Rebecca Tanker Corporation Regal Unity Tanker Corporation Sophie Tanker Corporation (1) Delivered in the first quarter of 2011. Vessel Overseas Ania Overseas Ann Overseas Cathy Overseas Chris DHT Phoenix(1) Overseas London Overseas Newcastle Overseas Rebecca Overseas Regal Overseas Sophie 36 State of Jurisdiction or Incorporation Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Percent of Ownership 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Table of Contents D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT We own a modern fleet of double hull crude oil tankers. The following table sets forth the vessels comprising our fleet as of December 31, 2010. Vessel Overseas Ann Overseas Chris Overseas Regal Overseas London Overseas Newcastle Overseas Cathy Overseas Sophie Overseas Rebecca Overseas Ania Type VLCC VLCC VLCC Suezmax Suezmax Aframax Aframax Aframax Aframax Approximate Dwt 309,327 309,285 309,966 152,923 164,626 112,028 112,045 94,873 94,848 Construction Double-Hull Double-Hull Double-Hull Double-Hull Double-Hull Double-Hull Double-Hull Double-Hull Double-Hull Flag Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS You should read the following discussion and analysis in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and the related notes included elsewhere in this report. This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements based on assumptions about our future business. Please see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions relating to these statements. Our actual results may differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements and such differences may be material. Beginning on January 1, 2009, DHT Holdings prepares its consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. The comparative financial statements for the fiscal year 2008 have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS. All figures included in this section are in accordance with IFRS. 37 Table of Contents BUSINESS On October 18, 2005, we acquired the seven vessels comprising the Initial Vessels. We have chartered these Initial Vessels to subsidiaries of Overseas Shipholding Group, Inc., or “OSG,” under time charters for minimum terms of five to six and one-half years. In addition to the base rate under the charters, we also have the opportunity to earn additional hire through profit sharing agreements. The charters commenced on the delivery of the vessels to us. The charters also contain various options for the charterers to extend the minimum terms of the charters in increments of one, two or three years up to a maximum of four, six or eight years, depending on the vessel, from the initial expiration date. On November 26, 2008, we entered into an agreement with OSG whereby OSG exercised part of the extension options for the Initial Vessels upon expiry of the vessels’ initial charter periods. For two of the vessels, the charters were extended for 18 months after the initial charter periods expiring in October 2010 and for five of the vessels, the charters were extended for 12 months following the expiry of the initial charter periods between April 2011 and April 2012. On December 4, 2007 and January 28, 2008, respectively, we acquired two Suezmax tankers and upon delivery bareboat chartered these vessels to subsidiaries of OSG for fixed terms of seven years and ten years, respectively. On December 8, 2010, we entered into an agreement to acquire a 1999 built very large crude carrier, or “VLCC,” for $55.0 million to be named DHT Phoenix. The vessel was delivered in the first quarter of 2011. We previously entered into ship management agreements with a subsidiary of OSG for the technical management of our Initial Vessels that substantially fixed our operating expenses (excluding insurance premiums and vessel taxes). However, effective January 16, 2009, we entered into new technical management agreements with the same subsidiary of OSG, under which we pay the actual cost related to the technical management of the Initial Vessels as well as a fixed management fee for the services provided. We expect that for so long as our chartering arrangements are in place with OSG, a significant portion of our revenues will be generated from time charter and bareboat payments made to us by subsidiaries of OSG. However, we intend to acquire further vessels and these vessels may or may not be on period charters. The DHT Phoenix will be operated in the Tankers International Pool, which is the same pool in which OSG operates our other VLCCs. We will pay the actual cost related to the technical management of the DHT Phoenix. Under the bareboat charters for our two Suezmax tankers, the charterer is responsible for paying all operating costs associated with the vessels. Accordingly, we do not incur any operating expenses associated with these vessels. In addition, under our bareboat charters, we will continue to receive the basic bareboat charter rate even during such periods that the vessel is not able to operate. As long as our Initial Vessels subject to time charters are not off hire, we will receive revenue amounts at least equal to the sum of the basic hire payments due under our time charters and bareboat charters. FACTORS AFFECTING OUR RESULTS The principal factors that affect our results of operations and financial condition include: • • • • • • • • • • • the basic charter rate that we are paid under our charters; the amount of additional hire that we receive under our charter arrangements; with respect to our Initial Vessels, the number of off hire days during which we will not be entitled, under our charter arrangements, to receive either the basic charter rate or additional hire; the required capital expenditures related to our vessels; the amount of vessel operating expenses; our insurance premiums and vessel taxes; our vessels’ depreciation and potential impairment charges; our general and administrative and other expenses; our interest expense including any interest swaps we may enter; the revenues and vessel operating expenses associated with the DHT Phoenix and any future vessel acquisitions; and general market conditions when existing charters expire. 38 Table of Contents Currently, our revenues are principally derived from the time charters and bareboat charters with subsidiaries of OSG to which all our vessels as of December 31, 2010 have been chartered. Unless extended further by OSG, the charters for our Initial Vessels will expire in 2012 and 2013. Also, we intend to acquire further vessels and such vessels may or may not be on period charters. In addition, the amount of additional hire that we receive under our current charter arrangements is dependent on the revenues generated by our vessels. These revenues are sensitive to patterns of supply and demand. Rates for the transportation of crude oil are determined by market forces, such as the supply and demand for oil, the distance that cargoes must be transported and the number of vessels expected to be available at the time such cargoes need to be transported. The demand for oil shipments is affected by the state of the global economy. The number of vessels is affected by the construction of new vessels and by the removal of existing vessels from service. The tanker industry has historically been cyclical, experiencing volatility in freight rates, profitability and vessel values. Our expenses consist primarily of vessel operating expenses, interest expense, depreciation expense, insurance premiums, vessel taxes, financing expenses and general and administrative expenses. With respect to our Initial Vessels, our vessel-owning subsidiaries previously entered into ship management agreements with Tanker Management Ltd. , or “Tanker Management”, a subsidiary of OSG, under which it was responsible for technical management of the vessels, including crewing, maintenance and ordinary repairs, scheduled removal of a vessel from the water for inspection and/or repair of those parts of a vessel which are below the water line, or “Drydocking”, stores and supplies and lubricating oils. Under these agreements, we paid a fixed daily fee (subject to a 2.5% annually increase after October 2007) for the cost of vessels’ operations, including scheduled Drydockings, for each vessel. Effective January 16, 2009, we entered into new technical management agreements with Tanker Management according to which we pay the actual cost of the vessels’ operations, including Drydocking, and a fixed annual management fee for the technical management of the Initial Vessels. The charterers of each of our vessels as of December 31, 2010 pay us charter hire monthly in advance with additional hire, if any, paid quarterly in arrears. We pay daily vessel operating expenses under our ship management agreements monthly in advance. We are required to pay interest under our secured credit facility quarterly, insurance premiums either annually or more frequently (depending on the policy) and our vessel taxes annually. Our future results will also depend upon the general market conditions when our existing charter contracts expire. OSG has the option to extend the charters of our Initial Vessels at prevailing market rates at the time plus five per cent provided that such amount may not exceed the current base rates. If OSG elects to extend the charters, the profit sharing element will continue; however, if OSG does not extend the charters, our revenue generating capabilities will depend on the spot and/or period market at the time our vessel(s) are redelivered to us. Our two Suezmax vessels are on fixed rate bare boat charters that will expire in 2014 and 2018, and OSG does not have the option to extend these charters. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES Our financial statements for the fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or “IFRS”, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the “IASB”, which require us to make estimates in the application of our accounting policies based on the best assumptions, judgments and opinions of management. Following is a discussion of the accounting policies that involve a higher degree of judgment and the methods of their application. For a complete description of all of our material accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for December 31, 2010, included as Item 18 of this report. Revenue Recognition Our Initial Vessels are on time charters to subsidiaries of OSG. Revenues from time charters are accounted for as operating leases and are recognized on a straight line basis over the periods of such charters, as service is performed. In addition to the base hire from the time charters, our Initial Vessels have generated revenue from additional hire by operating in pools. In such pools, shipping revenue and voyage expenses are pooled and allocated to each pool’s participants on a time charter equivalent basis in accordance with an agreed- upon formula. For vessels operating in pools shipping revenues are substantially the same as time charter equivalent revenues. 39 Table of Contents Our three VLCCs participate in the Tankers International Pool, our two Suezmax tankers participate in the Suezmax International Pool and two of our four Aframax tankers participate in the Aframax International Pool. Each of these pools generate a majority of its revenue from voyage charters. Within the shipping industry, there are two methods used to account for voyage revenues: (1) ratably over the estimated length of each voyage and (2) completed voyage. The recognition of voyage revenues ratably over the estimated length of each voyage is the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues and the method used by the pools in which we participate. Under each method, voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to- discharge basis. In applying its revenue recognition method, management of each of the pools believes that the discharge-to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately estimates voyage results than the load-to-load basis. Since, at the time of discharge, management of each of the pools generally knows the next load port and expected discharge port, the discharge-to-discharge calculation of voyage revenues can be estimated with a greater degree of accuracy. Revenues from time charters performed by vessels in the pools are accounted for as operating leases and are recognized on a straight line basis over the periods of such charters, as service is performed. Each of the pools does not begin recognizing voyage revenue until a charter has been agreed to by both the pool and the customer, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage. We acquired our two Suezmax tankers on December 4, 2007 and January 28, 2008, respectively. These vessels are on bareboat charters to subsidiaries of OSG. Revenues from bareboat charters are accounted for as operating leases and are recognized on a straight line basis over the periods of such charters, as service is performed. Vessel Lives and Impairment With respect to our Initial Vessels, the carrying value of each vessel represents its original cost at the time it was delivered less depreciation calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years from the date such vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard less impairment, if any. In the tanker shipping industry, a 25-year life is most commonly used. The actual life of a vessel may be different and the useful life of the vessels are reviewed at year end, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis. We have evaluated the impact of the revisions to Regulation 13G under the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships that became effective April 5, 2005 and the European Union regulations that went into force on October 21, 2003 on the economic lives assigned to the fleet. Because the fleet consists of modern, double hull vessels, the revised regulations do not directly affect any of our vessels. If the economic lives assigned to the tankers prove to be too long because of new regulations or other future events, higher depreciation expense and impairment losses could result in future periods as a result of a reduction in the useful lives of any affected vessels. With respect to our two Suezmax tankers, the carrying value of each vessel represents the cost to us when the vessel was acquired less depreciation calculated using an estimated useful life of 25 years from the date such vessel was originally delivered from the shipyard less impairment, if any. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market value at any point in time since the market prices of second-hand vessels tend to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of constructing new vessels. Historically, both charter rates and vessel values have been cyclical. The carrying amounts of vessels held and used by us are reviewed for potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a particular vessel may not be fully recoverable. Under IFRS, we consider the higher of fair value less costs to sell and the value in use in evaluating impairment. In such instances the vessel is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. This assessment is usually made at the individual vessel level. However, impairment test can be performed on a fleet wide basis ─ for example when the vessels are dependent on profit sharing on a fleet wide basis. In developing estimates of future cash flows, we must make assumptions about future charter rates, ship operating expenses, the estimated remaining useful lives of the vessels and the discount rate. These assumptions are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. Although management believes that the assumptions used to evaluate potential impairment are reasonable and appropriate, such assumptions are highly subjective. The most important assumptions in calculating the present value of the future cash flows of our vessels, or “value in use”, are future charter rates, ship operating expenses and the discount rate. Reasonable changes in the assumptions for the discount rate or future charter rates could lead to a value in use for some of our vessels that is equal to or less than the carrying amount for such vessels. 40 Table of Contents In connection with monitoring compliance with our credit facilities and as a general business matter, we periodically monitor the fair market value of our vessels, including by obtaining various broker valuations as of specific dates. We generally do not include the impact of market fluctuations in vessel prices in our financial statements. We do, however, monitor our business and assets on a regular basis for potential asset impairment. The following chart sets forth our fleet information, purchase prices and carrying values as of December 31, 2010. Initial Vessels acquired en-bloc: Vessel Built Vessel Type Purchase Date Purchase Price Carrying Value (12/31/2010) (USD 000) Overseas Ann Overseas Chris Overseas Regal Overseas Cathy Overseas Sophie Overseas Rebecca Overseas Ania Total (1) Subsequent acquisitions: Overseas Newcastle Overseas London 2001 2001 1997 2004 2003 1994 1994 VLCC VLCC VLCC Aframax Aframax Aframax Aframax Oct 2005 Oct 2005 Oct 2005 Oct 2005 Oct 2005 Oct 2005 Oct 2005 2001 2000 Suezmax Suezmax Dec 2007 Jan 2008 92,700 90,300 78,393 76,681 580,600 257,571 (1) Purchase price is based on the initial offering price of $12 per share at our initial public offering in October 2005. We have determined that our initial fleet of vessels operating on time charters with OSG constitute a single cash generating unit as (a) all seven vessels are on charter to the same customer, (b) all seven charters were negotiated together and (c) all seven vessels have profit sharing on a fleet-wide basis. Based on broker valuations as of December 31, 2010, and disregarding the charters attached to the vessels, we believe the fair market value of these seven vessels exceeded their carrying value as of that date. With respect to the Overseas Newcastle and Overseas London, based on broker valuations as of December 31, 2010, and disregarding the charters attached to each of the vessels, we believe the aggregate fair market value of these vessels was less than their aggregate carrying value as of that date. We believe the aggregate amount of this deficit as of December 31, 2010 for these vessels was approximately $68.0 million. These vessels do however have long-term bareboat charter contracts with fixed rates attached. Hence, we consider the value of the discounted cash flows (value in use) when determining whether an impairment charge would be required. We believe that our recoverable amount for each of these vessels (as measured by such vessel’s value in use) exceeded the applicable carrying value as of December 31, 2010, and, accordingly, have not recorded impairment charges even though the vessels have experienced a decline in charter free market value (i.e. disregarding the charter contracts attached to each of the vessels). Please see our risk factor under the heading “The value of our vessels may be depressed at a time when and in the event that we sell a vessel” in Item 3.D of this report for a discussion of additional risks relating to the value of our vessels. 41 Table of Contents Stock Compensation Employees of the Company receive remuneration in the form of restricted common stock that is subject to vesting conditions. Equity-settled share based payment is measured at the fair value of the equity instrument at the grant date and is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The fair value of restricted common stock that vest based on continued employment/office only are considered to be equal to the fair market value of common stock at the grant date. For restricted stock granted in May 2010 and May 2009 that vest due to both continued employment and market conditions, the calculated fair value at grant date was valued at 62% of the fair value of the common stock using a Monte Carlo simulation. For restricted stock granted in September 2010 that vest due to both continued employment and market conditions, the calculated fair value at grant date was 31.5% for 150,000 shares and 40% for 150,000 shares of the share price at grant date calculated using an option pricing model which includes various assumptions including estimated volatility of 37.5%, based on historical volatility. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS All figures are presented in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB. Income from Vessel Operations Shipping revenues decreased by $12.9 million, or 12.6%, to $89.7 million in 2010 from $102.6 million in 2009. This decrease was attributable to lower freight markets in 2010 which resulted in no additional hire being earned in 2010. Shipping revenues decreased by $12.0 million, or 10.5%, to $102.6 million in 2009 from $114.6 million in 2008. This decrease was attributable to lower freight markets in 2009 which reduced additional hire. Vessel expenses increased by $0.2 million in 2010, to $30.2 million from $30.0 million in 2009. Vessel expenses increased by $8.6 million in 2009, to $30.0 million from $21.4 million in 2008, primarily as a result of the new technical management agreements we entered into with OSG effective January 16, 2009, under which we pay the actual cost related to the technical management of the Initial Vessels. Depreciation and amortization increased by $1.6 million in 2010, to $28.4 million from $26.8 million in 2009 and by $0.8 million in 2009 from $25.9 million in 2008 principally as a result of Drydocking expenses being capitalized and amortized over the period to the next estimated Drydocking. General and Administrative Expenses General and administrative expenses increased by $3.3 million to $7.9 million in 2010 from $4.6 million in 2009. The increase in 2010 is mainly due to expenses related to our corporate restructuring, legal costs related to the resolution of the proxy contest related to our 2010 annual meeting of stockholders, and changes in management. General and administrative expenses declined by $0.2 million to $4.6 million in 2009 from $4.8 million in 2008. General and administrative expenses for 2010, 2009 and 2008 include directors’ fees and expenses, the salary and benefits of our executive officers, legal fees, fees of independent auditors and advisors, directors and officers insurance, rent and miscellaneous fees and expenses. 2010 includes the cost related to the departure of the former CEO totaling $0.9 million plus a total of 159,706 shares. Interest Expense and Amortization of Deferred Debt Issuance Cost Interest expense declined by $4.7 million to $13.5 million in 2010 from $18.1 million in 2009 and by $3.8 million to $18.1 million in 2009 from $21.9 million in 2008. This decline was primarily due to the principal repayment of $50.0 million in June 2009 and $28.0 million in February 2010 under our secured loan facility agreement, as amended, or the “Secured Loan Facility Agreement,” with The Royal Bank of Scotland, or “RBS,” as well as the expiration of an interest rate swap in the notional amount of $194.0 million in October 2010. 42 Table of Contents LIQUIDITY AND SOURCES OF CAPITAL We operate in a capital intensive industry. We financed the acquisition of our Initial Vessels with the net proceeds of our IPO, borrowings under our secured credit facility and through the issuance of shares of our common stock to a subsidiary of OSG. We financed the acquisition of the Overseas Newcastle on December 4, 2007, and the Overseas London on January 28, 2008, with borrowings under the secured credit facility. We financed the remainder of the purchase price of the DHT Phoenix with cash and a credit facility from a bank. Our working capital requirements relate to our operating expenses, including payments under our ship management agreements, payments of interest, payments of insurance premiums, payments of vessel taxes and the payment of principal under the secured credit facility. We fund our working capital requirements with cash from operations. We collect our charter hire from our nine current vessels monthly in advance and pay our estimated vessel operating costs monthly in advance. We receive additional hire, if any, quarterly in arrears. Since 2008, we have paid the dividends set forth in the table below. The aggregate and per share dividend amounts set forth in the table below are not expressed in thousands. Dividends are subject to the discretion of our board of directors. Record date Payment date May 30, 2008 Sept. 15, 2008 Dec. 2, 2008 Feb. 26, 2009 June 3, 2009 Total payment $ 9.8 million $ 9.8 million $ 11.8 million $ 11.8 million $ 12.2 million • • • $ 4.9 million $ 4.9 million $ 4.9 million $ 4.9 million Operating period Jan. 1-March 31, 2008 April 1-June 30, 2008 July 1-Sept. 30 2008 Oct. 1-Dec. 31, 2008 Jan. 1-March 31, 2009 April 1-June 30, 2009 July 1-Sept. 30, 2009 Oct. 1-Dec. 31, 2009 Jan. 1-March 31, 2010 April 1-June 30, 2010 July 1-Sept. 30, 2010 Oct. 1-Dec. 31, 2010 We believe that cash flow from our charters in 2011 will be sufficient to fund the interest payments under our secured credit facility. We funded the acquisition of the Overseas Newcastle for $92.7 million on December 4, 2007, and the acquisition of the Overseas London for $90.3 million on January 28, 2008, with borrowings under the secured credit facility with RBS, which was increased from $401.0 million to $420.0 million in 2007. Following this increase, we were required to make a principal repayment of $75.0 million no later than December 31, 2008. We repaid the $75.0 million in October 2008 with cash on hand including proceeds from the issuance of 9.2 million new shares in April and May 2008 for net proceeds of $91.4 million. We repaid a further $50.0 million in June 2009 with cash on hand including proceeds from the issuance of 9.4 million new shares of common stock in April 2009 for net proceeds of approximately $38.4 million. We repaid a further $28.0 million in April 2010 with cash on hand. June 11, 2008 Sept. 24, 2008 Dec. 11, 2008 March 5, 2009 June 16, 2009 • • • June 8, 2010 Sept. 17, 2010 Nov. 22, 2010 Feb. 11, 2011 Per share $ 0.25 $ 0.25 $ 0.30 $ 0.30 $ 0.25 • • • $ 0.10 $ 0.10 $ 0.10 $ 0.10 • • May 31, 2010 Sept. 9, 2010 Nov. 11, 2010 Feb. 4, 2011 • The Secured Loan Facility Agreement contains a financial covenant requiring that at all times the charter-free market value of the vessels that secure DHT Maritime’s and its subsidiaries’ obligations under the secured credit facility be no less than 120% of their borrowings under the secured credit facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any of their interest rates swaps. In the event that the aggregate charter-free market value of the vessels that secure DHT Maritime’s and its subsidiaries’ obligations under the secured credit facility is less 120% of their borrowings under the secured credit facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any of their interest rates swaps, the difference is required to be recovered by pledge of additional security acceptable to the lenders or by a prepayment of the amount outstanding at the option of the borrowers. As of December 31, 2010, DHT Maritime’s borrowings under the secured credit facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any of their interest rates swaps was $272.3 million. The charter-free market value of the vessels that secure our secured credit facility was estimated to be $374.5 million as of December 31, 2010, providing a ratio of 137.5%. The value of our vessels was determined on a “willing seller and willing buyer” basis by two independent third parties. As a result, we were in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Secured Loan Facility Agreement as of December 31, 2010. As an example a 10% decline in the charter-free value of our vessels would result in a ratio of 123.8% and we would still be in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Secured Loan Facility. Working capital, defined as total current assets less total current liabilities, at December 31, 2010 was $46.1 million compared with $50.0 million at December 31, 2009. The decline in working capital in 2010 was primarily due to the decline in cash and cash equivalents as a result of debt repayment in February 2010. Working capital at December 31, 2009 was $50.0 million compared with $43.8 million at December 31, 2008. The improvement in working capital in 2009 was primarily due to the equity offering in April 2009, with net proceeds of $38.4 million. Working capital at December 31, 2008 was $43.8 million compared to a negative $75.8 million at January 1, 2008. The improvement in working capital in 2008 was primarily due to the equity offering in April 2009, with net proceeds of $91.4 million and issuance of long term debt of $90.3 million. At December 31, 2008, additional hire related to the period from October 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008, which amounted to $8.8 million, had not been received from our charterers. At December 31, 2009, all additional hire had been received from the charterers. In 2010 there was no additional hire. 43 Table of Contents Net cash provided by operating activities was $34.3 million in 2010 compared to $54.6 million in 2009. This decline was primarily attributable to lower additional hire in 2010 from our Initial Vessels OSG operates in pools and higher general and administrative expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities was $54.6 million in 2009 compared to $64.9 million in 2008. This decline was primarily attributable to lower additional hire in 2009 from our Initial Vessels OSG operates in pools and higher vessel expenses. Net cash used in investing activities was $5.6 million in 2010 compared to $5.4 million in 2009. Net cash used in investing activities was $5.4 million in 2009 compared to $81.2 million in 2008. The decline in 2010 and 2009 compared to 2008 was primarily attributable to the acquisition of a Suezmax tanker in 2008. Net cash used by financing activities was $42.7 million in 2010, $35.6 million in 2009 and $65.0 million provided in 2008. In 2010 we paid cash dividends of $14.7 million and repaid $28.0 million under the secured credit facility. In 2009 we issued common stock with total proceeds of $38.4 million while we paid cash dividends of $23.9 million and repaid $50 million under the secured credit facility. In 2008 we issued common stock with total proceeds of $91.4 million and we issued long term debt of $90.3 million while we paid cash dividends of $41.9 million and repaid $75.0 million under the secured credit facility. We had $266.0 million of total debt outstanding at December 31, 2010, compared to $294.0 million at December 31, 2009, $344.0 million at December 31, 2008 and $327.4 million at January 1, 2008. For events in 2011, please refer to “Recent Developments” in Item 4.B of this report. AGGREGATE CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS As of December 31, 2010, our long-term contractual obligations were as follows: Long-term debt (1) Interest rate swaps (2) DHT Phoenix Commitment (3) $ $ $ 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Thereafter Total 2,788 3,670 $ $ 7,091 3,681 $ $ 29,258 925 (Dollars in thousands) $ $ 38,602 • 38,213 • $ 164,916 • $ $ 49,500 • • • • • 280,868 8,276 49,500 (1) Amounts shown include contractual interest obligations on $266.0 million of debt outstanding under the secured credit facility. The interest obligations have been determined using a LIBOR of 0.30% per annum plus margin. The interest rate on the $186.0 million tranche is LIBOR + 0.70%, and the interest rate on the $80.0 million tranche is LIBOR + 0.85%. The interest on the balance outstanding is payable quarterly and the principal is payable with quarterly installments as follows: one installment of $0.259 million on July 18, 2012, two quarterly installments of $4.037 million from October 18, 2012 to January 18, 2013, one installment of $4.416 million on April 18, 2013, sixteen quarterly installments of $9.075 million from July 18, 2013 to April 18, 2017 and a final payment of $108.1 million on July 18, 2017. (2) The interest rate swap has a nominal amount of $65.0 million, and the Company pays a fixed rate of 5.95% and receives a floating rate. The interest rate swap expires on January 18, 2013. (3) On December 8, 2010, we entered into an agreement to acquire a 1999 built VLCC for $55.0 million to be named DHT Phoenix which was delivered in the first quarter of 2011. As of December 31, 2010, we had paid a deposit of $5.5 million related to this acquisition and we financed the remainder of the purchase price with approximately $22.0 million in cash and $27.5 million from borrowings a bank. 44 Table of Contents For our current nine vessels we collect our charter hire monthly in advance and pay the estimated vessel operating expenses monthly in advance. To the extent there are additional hire revenues, we receive such additional hire quarterly in arrears. Although we can provide no assurances, we expect that our cash flow from our chartering arrangements will be sufficient to cover our vessel operating expenses, vessel capital expenditures, interest payments and other financing costs under the secured credit facility, insurance premiums, vessel taxes, general and administrative expenses and other costs and any other working capital requirements for the short term. Our longer term liquidity requirements include repayment of the principal balance of the secured credit facility. We may require new borrowings and/or issuances of equity or other securities to meet this repayment obligation. Alternatively, we can sell assets and use the proceeds to pay down debt. RISK MANAGEMENT We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates, which could affect our results of operation and financial position. We have managed a portion of this risk by entering into interest rate swap agreements in which we exchange fixed and variable interest rates based on agreed upon notional amounts. We use such derivative financial instruments as risk management tools and not for speculative or trading purposes. In addition, the counterparties to these derivative financial instruments are large and reputable financial institutions in order to manage exposure to nonperformance by counterparties. As of December 31, 2010, we are party to one floating-to-fixed interest rate swap with a notional amount of $65.0 million pursuant to which we pay a fixed rate of 5.95% including the applicable margin and receive a floating rate based on LIBOR. The swap expires on January 18, 2013. As of December 31, 2010, we recorded a liability of $6.3 million relating to the fair value of the swap. The change in fair value of the swaps in 2010 has been recognized in our income statement. The fair value of interest rate swaps is the estimated amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreement at the reporting date. Like most of shipping industry our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. All of our revenues and most of our operating costs are in U.S. dollars. EFFECTS OF COST INCREASES Until January 16, 2009, we paid a fixed cost for the technical management of the vessels. However, under our vessels’ new ship management agreements, effective January 16, 2009, we are required to pay the actual costs associated with the technical management of the vessels. As a result, the cost of the technical management of the vessels for 2009 and 2010 and in the future will reflect the effects of cost increases. Vessel operating expenses will also be impacted by the acquisition of the DHT Phoenix and any future vessel acquisitions. OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS With the exception of the above mentioned interest rate swap, we do not currently have any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that we would consider to be off balance sheet arrangements. THE SECURED CREDIT FACILITY The following summary of the material terms of the secured credit facility does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the Secured Loan Facility Agreement. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find useful. General We are a holding company and have no significant assets other than cash and the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2010, DHT Maritime’s subsidiaries owned all of our vessels, and payments under our charters were made to DHT Maritime’s subsidiaries. On October 18, 2005, DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries entered into a $401.0 million secured credit facility with RBS for a term of ten years, with no principal amortization for the first five years. The secured credit facility consisted of a $236.0 million term loan, a $150.0 million vessel acquisition facility and a $15.0 million working capital facility. DHT Maritime is the borrower under the secured credit facility and our vessel-owning subsidiaries are the sole guarantors of its performance thereunder. 45 Table of Contents DHT Maritime borrowed the entire amount available under the term loan upon the completion of our IPO to fund a portion of the purchase price for the Initial Vessels that were acquired from OSG. On November 29, 2007, DHT Maritime amended the secured credit facility to increase the total commitment thereunder by $19.0 million to $420.0 million. Under the terms of the secured credit facility, the previous $15.0 million working capital facility and $150.0 million vessel acquisition facility were canceled and replaced with a new $184.0 million vessel acquisition facility, which was used to fund the entire purchase price of the two Suezmax tankers, the Overseas Newcastle and the Overseas London. Following delivery of the Overseas London on January 28, 2008 the acquisition facility was fully drawn. Borrowings under the initial $236.0 million term loan bear interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 0.70%. Borrowings under the vessel acquisition portion of the secured credit facility bear interest at an annual rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 0.85%. To reduce our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, we entered into an interest rate swap on October 18, 2005 pursuant to which we fixed the interest rate for five years on the full amount of our term loan at 5.60%. Such swap agreement expired on October 18, 2010. On October 16, 2007, we fixed the interest rate for five years on $100 million of our outstanding debt at a rate of 5.95% through a swap agreement with respect to $92.7 million effective as of December 4, 2007 and a further $7.3 million effective as of January 18, 2008. Following the above-mentioned increase, the secured credit facility was repayable with one initial installment of $75.0 million in 2008, and commencing on January 18, 2011 the balance of the secured credit facility was repayable with 27 quarterly installments of $9.075 million. A final payment of $99.975 million was payable with the last quarterly installment. The initial installment of $75.0 million was repaid in October 2008. In June 2009 and February 2010, respectively, DHT Maritime repaid a further $50.0 million and $28.0 million under the secured credit facility. Following these repayments, the secured credit facility is repayable with one installment of $259.0 million on July 18, 2012, two quarterly installments of $4.0 million from October 18, 2012 to January 18, 2013, one installment of $4.4 million on April 18, 2013, sixteen quarterly installments of $9.075 million from July 18, 2013 to April 18, 2017 and a final payment of $108.1 million on July 18, 2017. Security The secured credit facility provides that borrowings thereunder are secured by the following: • • • • a first priority mortgage on each of the vessels that DHT Maritime or any of its subsidiaries have agreed to purchase and any additional vessels that DHT Maritime or any of its subsidiaries acquire; an assignment of charter hire guarantees and earnings from, and insurances on, each of the vessels that DHT Maritime or any of its subsidiaries have agreed to purchase and any additional vessels that DHT Maritime or any of its subsidiaries acquire; a pledge of the balances in certain bank accounts which DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries have agreed to keep with RBS; and an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee by each of DHT Maritime’s vessel-owning subsidiaries. The Secured Loan Facility Agreement provides that in the event of either the sale or total loss of a vessel, DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries must prepay an amount under the secured credit facility proportionate to the market value of the sold or lost vessel compared with the total market value of all of DHT Maritime’s and its subsidiaries’ vessels before such sale or loss together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, if such prepayment occurs on a date other than an interest payment date, any interest breakage costs. 46 Table of Contents Covenants The Secured Loan Facility Agreement contains restrictive covenants that prohibit DHT Maritime and each of its subsidiaries from, among other things: • • incurring additional indebtedness without the prior consent of the lenders; permitting liens on assets; • merging or consolidating with other entities or transferring all or substantially all of their assets to another person; • • paying dividends if the charter-free market value of the vessels that secure their obligations under the secured credit facility is less than 135% of their borrowings under the secured credit facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any interest rates swaps that they enter, if there is a continuing default under the secured credit facility or if the payment of the dividend would result in a default or breach of a loan covenant; changing the technical manager of vessels owned by DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries without the prior consent of the lenders; • making certain loans, advances or investments; entering into certain material transactions with affiliated parties; • • entering into certain types of charters, including bareboat charters and time charters or consecutive voyage charters of greater than 13 months (excluding our charters with OSG’s subsidiaries); de-activating any of the vessels or allowing work to be done on any vessel in an aggregate amount greater than $2,000 without first obtaining a lien waiver; • making non-ordinary course acquisitions or entering into a new line of business or establishing a place of business in the United States or any of its territories; and • selling or otherwise disposing of a vessel or other assets or assigning or transferring any rights or obligations under our charters and our ship management agreements. The Secured Loan Facility Agreement also contains a financial covenant requiring that at all times the charter-free market value of the vessels that secure DHT Maritime’s and its subsidiaries’ obligations under the secured credit facility be no less than 120% of their borrowings under the secured credit facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any of their interest rates swaps. In the event that the aggregate charter-free market value of the vessels that secure DHT Maritime’s and its subsidiaries’ obligations under the secured credit facility is less than 120% of their borrowings under the secured credit facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any of their interest rates swaps, the difference shall be recovered by pledge of additional security acceptable to the lenders or by a prepayment of the amount outstanding at the option of the borrowers. Events of Default Each of the following events, among others, with respect to DHT Maritime or any of its subsidiaries, in some cases after the passage of time or notice or both, is an event of default under the Secured Loan Facility Agreement: • • non-payment of amounts due under the secured credit facility; breach of the covenants; • misrepresentation; • cross-defaults to other indebtedness in excess of $2.0 million; • materially adverse judgments or orders; • • • • event of insolvency or bankruptcy; acceleration of any material amounts that DHT Maritime or any of its subsidiaries is obligated to pay; breach of a time charter or a charter hire guaranty in connection with any of the vessels; default under any collateral documentation or any swap transaction; 47 Table of Contents • • • • cessation of operations; unlawfulness or repudiation; if, in the reasonable determination of the lender, it becomes impossible or unlawful for DHT Maritime or any of its subsidiaries to comply with their obligations under the loan documents; and if any event occurs that, in the reasonable opinion of the lender, has a material adverse effect on DHT Maritime and its subsidiaries’ operations, assets or business, taken as a whole. The Secured Loan Facility Agreement provides that upon the occurrence of an event of default, the lenders may require that all amounts outstanding under the secured credit facility be repaid immediately and terminate DHT Maritime’s and its subsidiaries’ ability to borrow under the secured credit facility and foreclose on the mortgages over the vessels and the related collateral. ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors. Name Erik A. Lind Einar Michael Steimler Randee Day Rolf A. Wikborg Robert N. Cowen Svein Moxnes Harfjeld Trygve Preben Munthe Eirik Ubøe Age 55 63 62 52 62 46 49 50 Position Class II Director and Chairman Class I Director Class II Director Class III Director Class I Director Chief Executive Officer President Chief Financial Officer Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of our directors and executive officers. Erik A. Lind•Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. Lind has been Chief Executive of Tufton Oceanic and Managing Director of Tufton Oceanic Ltd. since 2004. Tufton Oceanic is a Fund Management firm for the Maritime, Energy related and the wider global transportation and infrastructure sectors. Mr. Lind has more than 30 years experience in corporate banking, global shipping and specialized and structured asset financing. From 1995 to 2001, Mr. Lind served as Executive Vice President and a member of the Executive Management Committee at IM Skaugen ASA, a Norwegian public shipping and logistics company engaged in the transportation of petrochemical gases, LPG and organic chemicals as well as crude oil lightering. Mr. Lind has also held senior and executive positions with Manufacturers Hanover Trust Company, Oslobanken and GATX Capital. He has been actively involved in corporate recapitalization, financial restructurings, investments, acquisitions and joint venture investments. In addition to his board of directors positions within the Tufton Oceanic group of companies, Mr. Lind currently serves on the advisory board of A.M. Nomikos, a Greek ship-owning company, and on the boards of directors of Alislami Oceanic Shipping Company I and II, investment companies based in the Jebel Ali Free Zone and Cayman Islands, respectively, KFH Oceanic Portfolio Company, a ship investment company based in the Cayman Islands, Frilin AS, a Norwegian private investment company, and Christiania Capital Partners, a private financial advisory and consulting firm based in Norway. Mr. Lind is a resident of the United Kingdom and a citizen of Norway. Einar Michael Steimler•Director. Mr. Steimler is the Chairman of Tanker (UK) Agencies, the commercial agent to Tankers International, managers of a VLCC pool. He was instrumental in the formation of Tanker (UK) Agencies in 2000 and served as its CEO until end 2007. Since 1998, Mr. Steimler has served as a Director of Euronav. From 1999 to 2003, he also served as a Director of EXMAR, a CMB Group company. During his shipping career, he has been involved in both sale and purchase and chartering brokerage in the tanker, gas and chemical sectors and was a founder of Stemoco, a ship brokerage firm that was sold in 1994. He graduated from the Norwegian School of Business Management in 1973 with a degree in Economics. Mr. Steimler is a resident of the United Kingdom and a citizen of Norway. 48 Table of Contents Randee Day•Director. Since September 2010 and from 1985 to 2004, Ms. Day has been a President and Chief Executive of Day & Partners, Inc., a financial advisory and consulting firm focused on the maritime, energy and cruise industries with a diversified client base consisting of shipping companies, commercial banks and government agencies. From April 2010 to September 2010, Ms Day served as Chief Executive Officer of DHT Holdings, Inc. From 2004 to March 2010, Ms. Day was a Managing Director and head of Maritime Investment Banking at Seabury Transportation Holdings LLC, a New York based advisory and investment bank specializing in the transportation industry. Ms. Day has more than 25 years of specialized international financial experience in the marine and energy sectors. From 1979 to 1985, Ms. Day served as the head of J.P. Morgan’s Marine Transportation and Finance department in New York, where she was responsible for managing a loan portfolio and overseeing relationships with the bank’s shipping clients in the Western Hemisphere and the Far East. She also served in the London offices of J.P. Morgan, Continental Illinois National Bank & Trust and Bank of America. Since 2001, Ms. Day has served as a Director and Chairperson of the audit committee of TBS International plc. Rolf A. Wikborg•Director. Mr. Wikborg is Managing Director of AMA Norway A/S and a director of AMA Capital Partners in New York, a maritime merchant banking group involved in mergers and acquisitions, restructurings and financial engineering in the shipping, offshore and cruise sector. Mr. Wikborg has extensive experience arranging operating and financial leases for operators in the maritime field and recently has been active arranging mergers and acquisitions. Prior to founding the AMA group in New York in 1987, Mr. Wikborg was a Managing Director at Fearnleys, Mexico, for two years after having worked in the Project Department of Fearnleys, an Oslo based ship-broker. Mr. Wikborg holds a Bachelor of Science in Management Sciences from the University of Manchester, England. Mr. Wikborg is an officer in the Royal Norwegian Navy and is a citizen and resident of Norway. Robert N. Cowen•Director. Mr. Cowen has over 25 years of senior level executive experience in the shipping industry. Since February of 2010, he has served as a Managing Director of Lincoln Vale LLC, an alternative investment management firm with a focus on investing in dry bulk shipping. He is also active as a consultant to investors in tankers and dry bulk shipping. From February 2007 to December 2007 he served as Chief Executive Officer of OceanFreight, Inc., a dry bulk shipping start-up company that went public in April of that year. From October 2005 to December 2006, Mr. Cowen was a partner in the New York office of the Washington, D.C.-based Venable LLP law firm where he focused on maritime related legal issues. Prior to that, Mr. Cowen worked for 25 years at Overseas Shipholding Group, Inc. where he served as Chief Operating Officer from 1999 until 2005, and as a Director (from 1989 to 2005) and Senior Vice President (from 1993 until 2005). Mr. Cowen holds an A.B. degree from Cornell University and a J.D. degree from the Cornell Law School. Svein Moxnes Harfjeld•Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Harfjeld joined DHT as Chief Executive Officer on September 1, 2010. Mr. Harfjeld has over 20 years of experience in the shipping industry. He was most recently with the BW Group, where he held senior management positions including Group Executive Director, CEO of BW Offshore, Director of Bergesen dy and Director of World-Wide Shipping. Previously he held senior positions at Andhika Maritime, Coeclerici and Mitsui O.S.K. Mr. Harfjeld is a citizen of Norway. Trygve Preben Munthe•President. Mr. Munthe joined DHT as President on September 1, 2010. Mr. Munthe has over 20 years of experience in the shipping industry. He most recently served as Director with the Norwegian shipowner Arne Blystad. He was previously CEO of Western Bulk, President of Skaugen Petrotrans and CFO of I.M. Skaugen. Mr. Munthe is a citizen of Norway. Eirik Ubøe•Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Ubøe has been involved in international accounting and finance for approximately 20 years, which includes time spent in ship finance and as the chief financial officer for companies listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange. From March 2002 through December 2004, Mr. Ubøe served as the chief executive and chief financial officer of Nutri Pharma ASA, an international health care company listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange. From 1997 through 2002, Mr. Ubøe worked in various positions at the Schibsted Group, the largest Norwegian media group with newspaper, television and online interests in Scandinavia, the Baltics, Switzerland, France and Spain, including as the finance director of the Schibsted Group and as chief financial officer of Schibsted’s newspaper initiative in Switzerland, France and Spain. Mr. Ubøe has also served as a vice president in the corporate finance and ship finance departments of various predecessors to JPMorgan Chase both in New York and Oslo for a total of eight years. Mr. Ubøe holds an MBA from the University of Michigan’s Ross School of Business and a Bachelor in Business Administration from the University of Oregon. Mr. Ubøe is a citizen of Norway. 49 Table of Contents B. COMPENSATION DIRECTORS’ COMPENSATION Each member of our board of directors is currently paid an annual fee of $47,500, plus reimbursement for expenses incurred in the performance of duties as members of our board of directors. We pay our chairman an additional $65,000 per year to compensate him for the extra duties incident to that office. We pay the chairperson of each of our audit, nomination, compensation and corporate governance committees an additional $11,750 per year and an additional $4,750 per year to each of the other members of our committees. We pay each director $1,250 for each board of directors meeting attended. On May 11, 2010, each member of our board of directors as of this date was awarded 22,727 shares of restricted stock, of which 15,152 shares vest in three equal amounts in May 2011, May 2012 and May 2013 subject to each member of our board of directors remaining a member of our board of directors and certain market conditions. The remaining 7,576 shares of restricted stock awarded to each member of our board of directors vest in three equal amounts in May 2011, May 2012 and May 2013 subject to each member of our board of directors remaining a member of our board of directors. During the vesting period of the shares of restricted stock awarded to our directors on May 11, 2010 each director will be credited with an additional number of shares of restricted stock in an amount equal to the value of the dividends that would have been paid on the awarded shares had the shares vested on the date of the award. These additional shares will be transferred to each director as the shares vest. We have no service contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment or service. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION, EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS Our chief executive officer, Mr. Svein Moxnes Harfjeld receives an annual salary of NOK 3,780,000, which includes benefits. Our president, Mr. Trygve Preben Munthe, receives an annual salary of NOK 3,150,000. Our chief financial officer, Mr. Eirik Ubøe, receives an annual salary of NOK 1,900,000. In addition, each executive officer participates in a defined benefit pension plan, is reimbursed for expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as our executive officers and receives the equity-based compensation described below. Executive Officer Employment Agreements We have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Harfjeld, Mr. Munthe and Mr. Ubøe that set forth their rights and obligations as our chief executive officer, president and chief financial officer, respectively. Either the executive or we may terminate the employment agreements for any reason and at any time, subject to certain provisions of the employment agreement described below. On May 11, 2010, Mr. Ubøe was awarded 36,410 shares of restricted stock, of which 24,273 shares vest in three equal amounts in May 2011, May 2012 and May 2013 subject to continued employment with us and certain market conditions. The remaining 12,137 shares of restricted stock each vest in three equal amounts in May 2011, May 2012 and May 2013 subject to continued employment with us. On September 1, 2010, each of Mr. Harfjeld and Mr. Munthe was awarded 150,000 shares of restricted stock which vest in three equal amounts in September 2011, 2012 and 2013 subject to continued employment with us and certain market conditions. During the relevant vesting periods of the shares of restricted stock awarded to Mr. Ubøe, Mr. Harfjeld and Mr. Munthe, each executive officer will be credited with an additional number of shares of restricted stock in an amount equal to the value of the dividends that would have been paid on the awarded shares had the shares vested on the date of the award. These additional shares will be transferred to Mr. Ubøe, Mr. Harfjeld and Mr. Munthe as their shares vest. 50 Table of Contents In the event that (i) we terminate Mr. Ubøe’s employment without cause (as such term is defined in the employment agreement) or (ii) Mr. Ubøe terminates his employment for good reason (as such term is defined in the employment agreement) within six months following a change of control, then we will pay him an amount equal to one year’s base salary. In the event that Mr. Ubøe loses his position for good reason within six months following a change of control, he may, at the board of directors’ discretion, be entitled to a payment equal to twice his annual base salary and any unvested equity awards will become fully vested). In addition, in the event Mr. Ubøe’s employment is terminated without cause pursuant to clause (i) above, all of his equity-based compensation, including initial grants, will immediately vest and become exercisable. If Mr. Ubøe’s employment is terminated due to death or disability, we will continue to pay his base salary through the first anniversary of such date of termination. In the event that Mr. Ubøe’s employment is terminated for cause, we are only obligated to pay his salary and unreimbursed expenses through the termination date. In the event that (i) we terminate either Mr. Harfjeld’s or Mr. Munthe’s employment without cause (as such term is defined in the employment agreement) or (ii) Mr. Harfjeld or Mr. Munthe terminate their employment for good reason (as such term is defined in the employment agreement) within six months following a change of control, then we will pay such executive officer an amount equal to 18 months salary. In addition, in the event Mr. Harfjeld or Mr. Munthe are terminated without cause pursuant to clause (i) above, all of the relevant executive officer’s equity based compensation will immediately vest and become exercisable. In the event that Mr. Harfjeld and Mr. Munthe’s employment is terminated for cause, we are only obligated to pay salary and unreimbursed expenses through the termination date. Pursuant to their employment agreements or consulting agreements, as applicable, each of Mr. Harfjeld, Mr. Munthe and Mr. Ubøe has agreed to protect our confidential information. Each of Mr. Harfjeld, Mr. Munthe and Mr. Ubøe has agreed during the term of the agreements and for a period of one year following their termination, not to (i) engage in any business in any location that is involved in the voyage chartering or time chartering of crude oil tankers, (ii) solicit any business from a person that is a customer or client of ours or any of our affiliates, (iii) interfere with or damage any relationship between us or any of our affiliates and any employee, customer, client, vendor or supplier or (iv) form, or acquire a two percent or greater equity ownership, voting or profit participation in, any of our competitors. We have also entered into an indemnification agreement with each of Mr. Harfjeld, Mr. Munthe and Mr. Ubøe pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify them substantially in accordance with the indemnification provisions related to our officers and directors in our bylaws. 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan We established the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan or the “Plan,” prior to the consummation of our IPO for the initial benefit of our directors and officers (including prospective directors and officers). The following description of the Plan is qualified by reference to the full text thereof, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to this report. Awards The Plan provides for the grant of options intended to qualify as incentive stock options, or “ISOs,” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and non-statutory stock options, or “NSOs,” restricted stock awards, restricted stock units, or “RSUs,” cash incentive awards and other equity- based or equity-related awards. Plan administration The Plan will be administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors or such other committee as our board of directors may designate to administer the Plan. Initially, our entire board will perform the functions of the compensation committee and will administer the Plan. Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, the compensation committee has sole and plenary authority to administer the Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority to (i) designate Plan participants, (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant, (iii) determine the number of shares of our common stock to be covered by awards, (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any awards, including vesting schedules and performance criteria, (v) amend or replace an outstanding award in response to changes in tax law or unforeseen tax consequences of such awards and (vi) make any other determination and take any other action that the compensation committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. 51 Table of Contents Shares available for awards Subject to adjustment as provided below, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the Plan is 1,000,000, of which the maximum number of shares that may be delivered pursuant to ISOs granted under the Plan is 150,000. The maximum number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may be granted to any participant in the Plan in any fiscal year is 150,000. If an award granted under the Plan is forfeited, or otherwise expires, terminates or is canceled without the delivery of shares, then the shares covered by such award will again be available to be delivered pursuant to awards under the Plan. In the event of any corporate event affecting the shares of our common stock, the compensation committee in its discretion may make such adjustments and other substitutions to the Plan and awards under the Plan as it deems equitable or desirable in its sole discretion. Stock options The compensation committee may grant both ISOs and NSOs under the Plan. Except as otherwise determined by the compensation committee in an award agreement, the exercise price for options cannot be less than the fair market value (as defined in the Plan) of our common stock on the date of grant. In the case of ISOs granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of an option, owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes or our stock or the stock of any of our affiliates, the exercise price cannot be less than 110% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. All options granted under the Plan will be NSOs unless the applicable award agreement expressly states that the option is intended to be an ISO. Subject to any applicable award agreement, options shall vest and become exercisable on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. The term of each option will be determined by the compensation committee; provided that no option will be exercisable after the tenth anniversary of the date the option is granted. The exercise price may be paid with cash (or its equivalent) or by other methods as permitted by the compensation committee. Restricted shares and restricted stock units Restricted shares and RSUs may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered except as provided in the Plan or the applicable award agreement; provided, however, that the compensation committee may determine that restricted shares and RSUs may be transferred by the participant. Upon the grant of a restricted share, certificates will be issued and registered in the name of the participant and deposited by the participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with us or a custodian designated by the compensation committee or us. Upon lapse of the restrictions applicable to such restricted shares, we or the custodian, as applicable, will deliver such certificates to the participant or his or her legal representative. An RSU will have a value equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock. RSUs may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, other securities, other awards or other property, as determined by the committee, upon the lapse of restrictions applicable to such RSU or in accordance with the applicable award agreement. The committee may provide a participant who holds restricted shares or RSUs with dividends or dividend equivalents payable in cash, shares of our common stock or other property. The compensation committee may provide a participant who holds restricted shares or RSUs with dividends or dividend equivalents, respectively, payable in cash, shares of our common stock or other property. 52 Table of Contents Cash incentive awards Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the compensation committee may grant cash incentive awards payable upon the attainment of one or more individual, business or other performance goals or similar criteria. Other stock-based awards Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the compensation committee may grant to participants other equity-based or equity-related awards. The compensation committee may determine the amounts and terms and conditions of any such awards provided that they comply with applicable laws. Amendment and termination of the Plan Subject to any government regulation and to the rules of the NYSE or any successor exchange or quotation system on which shares of our common stock may be listed or quoted, the Plan may be amended, modified or terminated by our board of directors without the approval of our stockholders, except that stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment that would (i) increase the maximum number of shares of our common stock available for awards under the Plan or increase the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered pursuant to ISOs granted under the Plan or (ii) modify the requirements for participation under the Plan. No modification, amendment or termination of the Plan that is adverse to a participant will be effective without the consent of the affected participant, unless otherwise provided by the compensation committee in the applicable award agreement. The compensation committee may waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate any award previously granted, prospectively or retroactively; provided, however, that, unless otherwise provided by the compensation committee in the applicable award agreement, any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would materially and adversely impair the rights of any participant to any award previously granted will not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected participant. Change of control The Plan provides that, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event we experience a change of control, unless provision is made in connection with the change of control for assumption for, or substitution of, awards previously granted: • all options outstanding as of the date the change of control is determined to have occurred will become fully exercisable and vested, as of immediately prior to the change of control; • all outstanding restricted shares that are still subject to restrictions on forfeiture will become fully vested as of immediately prior to the change in control; • all cash incentive awards will be paid out as if the date of the change of control were the last day of the applicable performance period and “target” performance levels had been attained; and • all other outstanding awards will automatically be deemed exercisable or vested and all restrictions and forfeiture provisions related thereto will lapse as of immediately prior to such change of control. Unless otherwise provided pursuant to an award agreement, a “change of control” is defined to mean any of the following events, generally: • the consummation of a merger, reorganization or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; • the approval by our stockholders of a plan of our complete liquidation or dissolution; or • an acquisition by any individual, entity or group of beneficial ownership of 50% or more of either the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the combined voting power of our then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. 53 Table of Contents Term of the Plan No award may be granted under the Plan after June 7, 2015, the tenth anniversary of the date the Plan was approved by our stockholders. C. BOARD PRACTICES BOARD OF DIRECTORS Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board is currently composed of five directors, all of whom are independent under the applicable rules of the NYSE. Our board of directors is elected annually on a staggered basis and each director elected holds office for a three-year term. Each of Mr. Erik Lind, Mr. Rolf Wikborg and Ms. Randee Day was initially elected in July 2005. Mr. Einar Michael Steimler was initially appointed in March 2010. Mr. Robert N. Cowen was initially appointed in May 2010. The term of both of our Class I directors, Mr. Steimler and Mr. Cowen, expires in 2011; the term of our Class III director, Mr. Wikborg, expires in 2012; and the term of our Class II directors, Mr. Lind and Ms. Day, expires in 2013. Mr. Wikborg was re-elected as our Class III director at our annual stockholders meeting on June 18, 2009 and Ms. Day and Mr. Lind were re-elected as our Class II directors at our annual stockholders meeting on June 17, 2010. On May 14, 2010, in order to comply with Section 5.02 of our articles of incorporation that the board shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors constituting the entire board, Mr. Lind was reclassified as a Class II director. Mr. Lind was previously classified as a Class I director whose term would have expired in 2011. Upon his re-election as a Class II director on June 17, 2010, Mr. Lind’s term expires in 2013. BOARD COMMITTEES Our board of directors, which is entirely composed of independent directors under the applicable rules of the NYSE, performs the functions of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee. The purpose of our audit committee is to oversee (i) management’s conduct of our financial reporting process (including the development and maintenance of systems of internal accounting and financial controls), (ii) the integrity of our financial statements, (iii) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and ethical standards, (iv) significant financial transactions and financial policy and strategy, (v) the qualifications and independence of our outside auditors, (vi) the performance of our internal audit function and (vii) the outside auditors’ annual audit of our financial statements. Ms. Randee Day is our “audit committee financial expert” as that term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K and chairperson of the committee. In addition to Ms. Day, the members of the audit committee are Mr. Cowen, Mr. Lind and Mr. Steimler. The purpose of our compensation committee is to (i) discharge the board of director’s responsibilities relating to the evaluation and compensation of our executives, (ii) oversee the administration of our compensation plans, (iii) review and determine director compensation and (iv) prepare any report on executive compensation required by the rules and regulations of the SEC. The members of the compensation committee are Mr. Wikborg (chairperson), Mr. Lind and Mr. Steimler. The purpose of our nominating committee is to (i) identify individuals qualified to become board of directors members and recommend such individuals to the board of directors for nomination for election to the board of directors, (ii) make recommendations to the board of directors concerning committee appointments and (iii) review and make recommendations for executive management appointments. The members of the nominating committee are Mr. Lind (chairperson), Mr. Steimler and Mr. Wikborg. 54 Table of Contents The purpose of our corporate governance committee is to (i) develop, recommend and annually review our corporate governance guidelines and oversee corporate governance matters and (ii) coordinate an annual evaluation of the board of directors and its chairman. The members of the corporate governance committee are Mr. Cowen (chairperson), Ms. Day and Mr. Wikborg. DIRECTORS Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by stockholders entitled to vote. There is no provision for cumulative voting. Our bylaws provide that our board of directors must consist of at least three members. Stockholders may change the number of directors only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock. The board of directors may change the number of directors only by a majority vote of the entire board of directors. D. EMPLOYEES As of December 31, 2010, we had 5 employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining agreements and we have never experienced a work stoppage. E. SHARE OWNERSHIP See “Item 7.A Major Stockholders.” ITEM 7. MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS A. MAJOR STOCKHOLDERS The following table sets forth certain information regarding (i) the owners of more than 5% of our common stock that we are aware of based on 13G and 13D filings and (ii) the total amount of common stock owned by all of our officers and directors, individually and as a group. Following the completion of our IPO we have one class of common stock outstanding and each outstanding share will be entitled to one vote. Number of Shares Percentage of Outstanding Shares Persons owning more than 5% of a class of our equity securities MMI Investments, L.P. (1) Rivanna Capital, LLC (2) Directors Erik A. Lind (3) Randee Day (3) Rolf A. Wikborg (3) Einar Michael Steimler (4) Robert Cowen (4) Executive Officers Svein Moxnes Harfjeld (5) Trygve Preben Munthe (5) Eirik Ubøe (6) Directors and executive officers as a group (8 persons) (7) 4,784,000 3,247,541 57,054 59,054 57,054 22,727 61,727 271,500 290,000 123,642 942,758 55 9.7** 6.6** * * * * * * * * 1.5 Table of Contents * Less than 1% * * In February 2011, we issued a total of 15,425,300 shares of common stock. Neither MMI Investments, L.P. nor Rivanna Capital, LLC has filed an amendment to its 13D or 13G filing to report a material change in its ownership percentage for a period subsequent to such issuance. As a result, we have recorded their ownership percentages as unchanged from their most recent filings. Based on a Form 13F filed by MCM Capital Management, LLC (on behalf of MMI Investments, L.P.) on February 14, 2011. Based on a Schedule 13G filed by Rivanna Partners, L.P. with the Commission on February 7, 2011. Includes 42,856 shares of restricted stock subject to vesting conditions. Includes 22,727 shares of restricted stock subject to vesting conditions. Includes 150,000 shares of restricted stock subject to vesting conditions. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Does not include 11,574 options with an exercise price of $12 per share and expiring on October 18, 2015. Includes 71,793 shares of restricted stock subject to vesting conditions. Includes 545,815 shares of restricted stock subject to vesting conditions. (7) Our major shareholders have the same voting rights as our other shareholders. To our knowledge, no corporation or foreign government or other natural or legal person(s) owns more than 50% of our outstanding stock. We are not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control. B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS For a description of related party transactions, see Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for December 31, 2010, included as Item 18 of this report. C. INTEREST OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL Not applicable. I T E M 8 . F I N A N C I A L I N F O R M A T I O N A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS See Item 18. THREE YEARS COMPARATIVE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS See Item 18. AUDIT REPORTS See Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on pages F-2 through F-3. LATEST AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS MAY BE NO OLDER THAN 15 MONTHS We have complied with this requirement. INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS IF DOCUMENT IS MORE THAN NINE MONTHS SINCE LAST AUDITED FINANCIAL YEAR Not applicable. EXPORT SALES IF SIGNIFICANT See Item 18. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS The nature of our business, i.e., the acquisition, chartering and ownership of our vessels, exposes us to risk of lawsuits for damages or penalties relating to, among other things, personal injury, property casualty and environmental contamination. Under rules related to maritime proceedings, certain claimants may be entitled to attach charter hire payable to us in certain circumstances. There are no actions or claims pending against us as of the date of this report. 56 Table of Contents 8. DIVIDENDS Historically, we paid quarterly dividends to the holders of our common stock in March, June, September and December of each year, in amounts substantially equal to the available cash from our operations during the previous quarter less cash expenses and any reserves established by our board of directors. In January 2008, our board of directors approved a new dividend policy to provide stockholders of record with an intended fixed quarterly dividend. Commencing with the first dividend payment attributable to the 2008 fiscal year, the dividend was $0.25 per share. The dividends paid related to the four quarters of 2008 and amounted to $0.25, $0.25, $0.30 and $0.30 per share, respectively. The dividend paid related to the first quarter of 2009 was $0.25 per share. For the last three quarters related to 2009 we did not pay any dividend. For each of the four quarters related to 2010 we paid a dividend of $0.10 per share. The timing and amount of dividend payments will be determined by our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our cash earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and other factors. The amount of future dividends, if any, could be affected by various factors, including our cash earnings, financial condition and cash requirements, the loss of a vessel, the acquisition of one or more vessels, required capital expenditures, reserves established by our board of directors, increased or unanticipated expenses, a change in our dividend policy, additional borrowings or future issuances of securities, many of which will be beyond our control. Marshall Islands law generally prohibits the payment of dividends other than from surplus or while a company is insolvent or would be rendered insolvent by the payment of such a dividend. We do not expect to pay any income taxes in the Marshall Islands. We also do not expect to pay any income taxes in the United States. Please see the sections of this report entitled “Item 10. Additional Information•Taxation.” B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES None. ITEM 9. THE OFFER AND LISTING A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS 1. 2. 3. 4. EXPECTED PRICE Not applicable. METHOD TO DETERMINE EXPECTED PRICE Not applicable. PRE-EMPTIVE EXERCISE RIGHTS Not applicable. STOCK PRICE HISTORY Our common stock is listed for trading on the NYSE and is traded under the symbol “DHT.” The following table lists the high and low closing market prices for our common stock for the periods indicated as reported: Year ended: December 31, 2006 December 31, 2007 December 31, 2008 December 31, 2009 December 31, 2010 Quarter ended: March 31, 2009 June 30, 2009 September 30, 2009 December 31, 2009 March 31, 2010 June 30, 2010 September 30, 2010 December 31, 2010 Month ended: September 30, 2010 October 31, 2010 November 30, 2010 December 31, 2010 January 31, 2011 February 28, 2011 High Low $ $ 16.44 18.73 12.61 6.74 4.89 6.74 5.77 5.38 4.23 4.29 4.89 4.40 4.99 4.14 4.31 4.75 4.88 5.15 5.21 12.10 11.64 3.25 3.39 3.51 3.84 3.70 3.65 3.39 3.30 3.75 3.75 4.02 3.76 4.02 4.28 4.28 4.67 4.59 57 Table of Contents 5. 6. 7. TYPE AND CLASS OF SECURITIES Not applicable. LIMITATIONS OF SECURITIES Not applicable. RIGHTS CONVEYED BY SECURITIES ISSUED Not applicable. B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION Not applicable. C. MARKETS FOR STOCK Our common stock is listed for trading on the NYSE and is traded under the symbol “DHT.” D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS Not applicable. E. DILUTION FROM OFFERING Not applicable. F. EXPENSES OF OFFERING Not applicable. I T E M 1 0 . A D D I T I O N A L I N F O R M A T I O N A. SHARE CAPITAL Not applicable. 58 Table of Contents B. MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION The following is a description of the material terms of our articles of incorporation and bylaws. Because the following is only a summary, it does not contain all information that you may find useful. For more complete information you should read our articles of incorporation and bylaws listed as an exhibit to this report. PURPOSE Our purpose, as stated in our articles of incorporation, is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may now or hereafter be organized under the BCA. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our stockholders. AUTHORIZED CAPITALIZATION Under our articles of incorporation, our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. As of December 31, 2010, we had outstanding 48,921,961 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock. All of our shares of stock are in registered form. Common Stock Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of preferred stock, holders of shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available for dividends. Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all or our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders or our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution. Holders of common stock do not have conversion, redemption or preemptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of preferred stock which we may issue in the future. Preferred Stock Our articles of incorporation authorize our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including: • the designation of the series; • the number of shares of the series; • the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and • the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series. DIRECTORS Our directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast by stockholders entitled to vote. There is no provision for cumulative voting. Our bylaws provide that our board of directors must consist of at least three members. Stockholders may change the number of directors only by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock. The board of directors may change the number of directors only by a majority vote of the entire board of directors. 59 Table of Contents STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS Under our bylaws, annual stockholder meetings will be held at a time and place selected by our board of directors. The meetings may be held in or outside of the Marshall Islands. Special meetings may be called by stockholders holding not less than one-fifth of all the outstanding shares entitled to vote at such meeting. Our board of directors may set a record date between 15 and 60 days before the date of any meeting to determine the stockholders that will be eligible to receive notice and vote at the meeting. DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL AND PAYMENT Under the BCA, our stockholders have the right to dissent from various corporate actions, including any merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets not made in the usual course of our business, and receive payment of the fair value of their shares. In the event of any further amendment of our articles of incorporation, a stockholder also has the right to dissent and receive payment for his or her shares if the amendment alters certain rights in respect of those shares. The dissenting stockholder must follow the procedures set forth in the BCA to receive payment. In the event that we and any dissenting stockholder fail to agree on a price for the shares, the BCA procedures involve, among other things, the institution of proceedings in the high court of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or in any appropriate court in any jurisdiction in which the company’s shares are primarily traded on a local or national securities exchange. STOCKHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS Under the BCA, any of our stockholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the stockholder bringing the action is a holder of common stock both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS The BCA authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our bylaws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by law. We are also expressly authorized to advance certain expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements and court costs) to our directors and offices and carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers. The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought. ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS Several provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our board of directors to maximize stockholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent the merger or acquisition of our company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a stockholder may consider in its best interest, as well as the removal of incumbent officers and directors. 60 Table of Contents Blank Check Preferred Stock Under the terms of our articles of incorporation, our board of directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our stockholders, to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of blank check preferred stock. Our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or the removal of our management. Classified Board of Directors Our articles of incorporation provide for the division of our board of directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered, three year terms. Approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us. It could also delay stockholders who do not agree with the policies of our board of directors from removing a majority of our board of directors for two years. Election and Removal of Directors Our articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our bylaws require parties other than the board of directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. Our articles of incorporation also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors. Our bylaws provide that stockholders are required to give us advance notice of any person they wish to propose for election as a director if that person is not proposed by our board of directors. These advance notice provisions provide that the stockholder must have given written notice of such proposal not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual general meeting. In the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed to stockholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. In the case of a special general meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, notice by the stockholder must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was mailed to stockholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made. Any nomination not properly made will be disregarded. A director may be removed only for cause by the stockholders, provided notice is given to the director of the stockholders meeting convened to remove the director and provided such removal is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and must be served on the director not less than fourteen days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal. Limited Actions by Stockholders Our articles of incorporation and our bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or by the unanimous written consent of our stockholders. Our articles of incorporation and our bylaws provide that, subject to certain exceptions, our chairman or chief executive officer, at the direction of the board of directors or holders of not less than one-fifth of all outstanding shares may call special meetings of our stockholders and the business transacted at the special meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice. Accordingly, a stockholder may be prevented from calling a special meeting for stockholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of our board of directors and stockholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual meeting. 61 Table of Contents TRANSFER AGENT The registrar and transfer agent for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. LISTING Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “DHT.” C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS Other than the Executive Officer Employment Agreements (described below), the Charters, the Ship Management Agreements (as amended), our Guarantees, our Secured Loan Facility Agreement (as amended) and the Nomination Agreement with MMI Group, we have not entered into any material contracts other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. Executive Officer Employment Agreements We have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Harfjeld, Mr. Munthe and Mr. Ubøe that set forth their rights and obligations as our chief executive officer, president and chief financial officer, respectively. Either the executive or we may terminate the employment agreements for any reason and at any time. For additional information on these agreements see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees─Executive Compensation, Employment Agreements.” D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS None. E. TAXATION The following is a discussion of the material Marshall Islands and U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment decision by a “U.S. Holder,” as defined below, with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common stock to all categories of investors, some of which (such as financial institutions, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion or constructive sale transaction or a straddle, traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, persons liable for alternative minimum tax, persons who are investors in pass-through entities, dealers in securities or currencies and investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar) may be subject to special rules. WE RECOMMEND THAT YOU CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE OVERALL TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING IN YOUR OWN PARTICULAR SITUATION UNDER U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN LAW OF THE OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK. MARSHALL ISLANDS TAX CONSIDERATIONS The following are the material Marshall Islands tax consequences of our activities to us and stockholders of our common stock. We are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Under current Marshall Islands law, we are not subject to tax on income or capital gains, and no Marshall Islands withholding tax will be imposed upon payments of dividends by us to our stockholders. 62 Table of Contents U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations issued thereunder, published administrative interpretations of the IRS and judicial decisions as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly on a retroactive basis. Taxation of Operating Income: In General Our subsidiaries have elected (or are in the process of electing) to be treated as disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, for purposes of the discussion below, our subsidiaries are treated as branches rather than as separate corporations. U.S. taxation of shipping income For purposes of the following discussion, “shipping income” means any income that is derived from the use of vessels, from the hiring or leasing of vessels for use on a time, voyage or bareboat charter basis, from the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement, code sharing arrangement or other joint venture it directly or indirectly owns or participates in that generates such income, or from the performance of services directly related to those uses. Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-United States ports generally will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax. However, except as provided below, our U.S. source gross transportation income would be subject to a 4% U.S. federal income tax imposed without allowance for deductions. U.S. source gross transportation income includes 50% of shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States. Under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, we will be exempt from this tax if: 1. 2. we are organized in a foreign country (the “country of organization”) that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States; and either (A) more than 50% of the value of our stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of our country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States, referred to as the “50% Ownership Test,” or (B) our stock is “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in our country of organization, in another country that grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations, or in the United States, referred to as the “Publicly-Traded Test.” The Marshall Islands, the jurisdiction where we and our ship-owning subsidiaries are incorporated, grants an “equivalent exemption” to U.S. corporations. Therefore, we will be eligible for Section 883 of the Code if either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test is met. Because shares of our common stock are traded on the NYSE and our stock is widely held, it would be difficult or impossible for us to establish that we satisfy the 50% Ownership Test. As to the Publicly-Traded Test, the regulations under Section 883 of the Code provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that is traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. We believe that our common stock, which is, and will continue to be, the sole class of our issued and outstanding stock, is , and will continue to be, “primarily traded” on the NYSE, which is an established securities market for these purposes. 63 Table of Contents The Publicly-Traded Test also requires our common stock to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market. Since our common stock is our only class of outstanding stock, this test will be satisfied if, (i) our common stock is traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year or 1/6 of the days in a short taxable year; and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of our common stock traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of our common stock outstanding during such year (as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year). We believe we satisfy, and will continue to satisfy, the trading frequency and trading volume tests. However, even if we do not satisfy both tests, these tests are deemed satisfied if our common stock is traded on an established market in the United States and is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such stock. We believe this is and will continue to be the case. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our common stock will not be considered to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market for any taxable year in which 50% or more of such stock is owned, actually or constructively under certain stock attribution rules, on more than half the days during the taxable year by persons who each own 5% or more of such stock, referred to as the “5 Percent Override Rule.” In order to determine the persons who actually or constructively own 5% or more of our stock, or “5% Stockholders,” we are permitted to rely on those persons that are identified on Schedule 13G and Schedule 13D filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission as having a 5% or more beneficial interest in our common stock. In addition, an investment company identified on a Schedule 13G or Schedule 13D filing which is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, will not be treated as a 5% Stockholder for such purposes. In the event the 5 Percent Override Rule is triggered, the 5 Percent Override Rule will nevertheless not apply if we can establish that among the closely-held group of 5% Stockholders, there are sufficient 5% Stockholders that are considered to be “qualified stockholders” for purposes of Section 883 of the Code to preclude non-qualified 5% Stockholders in the closely-held group from owning 50% or more of our common stock for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. We believe that we have satisfied and will continue to satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test and that the 5 Percent Override Rule has not been and will not be applicable to us. However, no assurance can be given that this will be the case in the future. In any year that the 5 Percent Override Rule is triggered with respect to us, we are eligible for the exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code only if we can nevertheless satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test (which requires, among other things, showing that the exception to the 5 Percent Override Rule applies) or if we can satisfy the 50% Ownership Test. In either case, we would have to satisfy certain substantiation requirements regarding the identity of our stockholders in order to qualify for the Section 883 exemption. These requirements are onerous and there is no assurance that we would be able to satisfy them. If the benefits of Section 883 of the Code are unavailable, our U.S. source gross transportation income, to the extent not considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, would be subject to a 4% tax imposed by Section 887 of the Code on a gross basis, without the benefit of deductions. Since 50% of our gross shipping income for transportation that begins or ends in the United States would be treated as being U.S. source gross transportation income, the effective rate of U.S. federal income tax on such shipping income would be 2%. In addition, to the extent the benefits of Section 883 of the Code are unavailable to us, any of our U.S. source gross transportation income that is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, as described below, net of applicable deductions, would be subject to the U.S. federal corporate income tax at rates of up to 35%. In addition, we may be subject to the 30% “branch profits tax” on such earnings, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business. 64 Table of Contents We expect that none of our U.S. source gross transportation income will be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business. Such income would be “effectively connected” only if: • we had, or were considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. source gross transportation income, and • substantially all of our U.S. source gross transportation income was attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a vessel that followed a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States. We believe that we will not meet these conditions because we will not have, nor will we permit circumstances that would result in our having, any vessel sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis. In addition, income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is not subject to the tax rules described above. Such income is subject to either a 30% gross-basis tax or to a U.S. corporate income tax on net income at rates of up to 35% (and the branch profits tax described above). Although there can be no assurance, we do not expect to engage in transportation that produces shipping income of this type. U.S. taxation of gain on sale of vessels Regardless of whether we qualify for exemption under Section 883 of the Code, we will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles. In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States. It is expected that any sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States. U.S. Federal Income Taxation of “U.S. Holders” As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that • is an individual U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, • owns our common stock as a capital asset, and • owns less than 10% of our common stock for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common stock, we suggest that you consult your tax advisor. Distributions Subject to the discussion of PFICs below, any distributions made by us with respect to our common stock to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of such earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common stock on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will not be entitled to claim a dividends received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from us. Dividends paid with respect to our common stock will generally be treated as “passive income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. 65 Table of Contents Dividends paid on our common stock to a U.S. Holder who is an individual, trust or estate (a “U.S. Non-Corporate Holder”) will generally be treated as “qualified dividend income” that is taxable to such U.S. Non-Corporate Holder at a maximum preferential tax rate of 15% (through 2012) provided that (1) the common stock is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE); (2) we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (see discussion below); (3) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder has owned the common stock for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common stock becomes ex-dividend; and (4) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder is not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”•generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a stockholder’s adjusted basis in a share of common stock•paid by us. If we pay an “extraordinary dividend” on our common stock that is treated as “qualified dividend income,” then any loss derived by a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder from the sale or exchange of such common stock will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend. There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common stock will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Non- Corporate Holder, although we believe that they will be so eligible provided that we are not a PFIC, as discussed below. Any dividends out of earnings and profits we pay which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed at ordinary income rates in the hands of a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder. In addition, even if we are not a PFIC, under legislation which was proposed (but not enacted) in a previous session of Congress, dividends of a corporation incorporated in a country without a “comprehensive income tax system” paid to U.S. Non-Corporate Holders would not be eligible for the 15% tax rate. Although the term “comprehensive income tax system” is not defined in the proposed legislation, we believe this rule would apply to us because we are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock Provided that we are not a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such stock. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gains of U.S. Non-Corporate Holders are eligible for reduced rates of taxation. A U.S. Holder’s ability to deduct capital losses against ordinary income is subject to certain limitations. Tax Reporting Recently adopted legislation imposes, for taxable years beginning after March 18, 2010, new U.S. return disclosure obligations (and related penalties for failure to disclose) on U.S. individuals that hold certain specified foreign financial assets (which include stock in a foreign corporation). U.S. Holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock. PFIC status and significant tax consequences Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In particular, U.S. Non-Corporate Holders will not be eligible for the 15% tax rate on qualified dividends. In general, we will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder held our common stock, either • at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of “passive income” (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or • at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year consists of “passive assets” (i.e., assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income). 66 Table of Contents Income earned, or deemed earned, by us in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute “passive income” unless we were treated under specific rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business. We believe that it is more likely than not that the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities is properly treated as services income, rather than rental income. Assuming this is correct, our income from our time chartering activities would not constitute “passive income,” and the assets we own and operate in connection with the production of that income would not constitute passive assets. Consequently, we believe it is more likely than not that we are not currently a PFIC. There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time chartering activities constitutes rental income or income earned in connection with the performance of services. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit has held that, for purposes of a different set of rules under the Code, income derived from certain time chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income. In recent guidance, however, the IRS states that it disagrees with the holding of the Fifth Circuit case, and specifies that time charters should be treated as services income. We have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on this matter. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position that we are not currently a PFIC. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we can avoid PFIC status in the future. Under recently enacted legislation, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be required to file an annual report with the IRS for that year with respect to such holder’s common stock. In addition, as discussed more fully below, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder made an election to treat us as a “Qualified Electing Fund,” which election is referred to as a “QEF election.” As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, as discussed below. Taxation of U.S. Holders of a PFIC making a timely QEF election If we were a PFIC and a U.S. Holder made a timely QEF election, which U.S. Holder is referred to as an “Electing Holder,” the Electing Holder would report each year for U.S. federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings and our net capital gain (which gain shall not exceed our earnings and profits for the taxable year), if any, for our taxable year that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were received from us by the Electing Holder. Any such ordinary income would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income as discussed above. The Electing Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock would be increased to reflect taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had been previously taxed would, pursuant to this election, result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common stock and would not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that we incurred with respect to any year. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. A U.S. Holder would make a QEF election with respect to any year that we are a PFIC by filing one copy of IRS Form 8621 with his U.S. federal income tax return. If we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we would provide each U.S. Holder with all necessary information in order to make the QEF election described above. Even if a U.S. Holder makes a QEF election for one of our taxable years, if we were a PFIC for a prior taxable year during which the holder was a stockholder and for which the holder did not make a timely QEF election, different and more adverse tax consequences would apply. Taxation of U.S. Holders of a PFIC making a “mark-to-market” election Alternatively, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we believe, our stock is treated as “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common stock, provided the U.S. Holder completes and files IRS Form 8621 in accordance with the relevant instructions and related Treasury regulations. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common stock at the end of the taxable year over such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to- market election. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in his common stock would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder in income. 67 Table of Contents Taxation of U.S. Holders of a PFIC not making a timely QEF or “mark-to-market” election Finally, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF election or a “mark-to-market” election for that year, referred to as a “Non-Electing Holder,” would be subject to special rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on our common stock in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non- Electing Holder in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder’s holding period for the common stock), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock. Under these special rules: • the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder’s aggregate holding period for the common stock, • the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the first taxable year in which we were a PFIC during the Non- Electing Holder’s holding period, would be taxed as ordinary income, and • the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year. These penalties would not apply to a qualified pension, profit sharing or other retirement trust or other tax-exempt organization that did not borrow money or otherwise utilize leverage in connection with its acquisition of our common stock. If we were a PFIC and a Non-Electing Holder who was an individual died while owning our common stock, such holder’s successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such stock. Certain of these rules would apply to a U.S. Holder who made a QEF election for one of our taxable years if we were a PFIC in a prior taxable year during which the holder was a stockholder and for which the holder did not make a QEF election. U.S. Federal Income Taxation of “Non-U.S. Holders” A beneficial owner of common stock (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder is referred to herein as a “Non-U.S. Holder.” Dividends on common stock Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common stock, unless that dividend income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States. Sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock Non-U.S. Holders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, unless: 68 Table of Contents • the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States); or • the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met. If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the income from the common stock, including dividends and the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the stock, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders. In addition, if you are a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, your earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Backup Withholding and Information Reporting In general, dividend payments or other taxable distributions made within the United States to you will be subject to information reporting requirements if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder. Such payments or distributions may also be subject to backup withholding tax if you are a non-corporate U.S. Holder and you: • fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number; • are notified by the Internal Revenue Service that you have failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on your federal income tax returns; or • in certain circumstances, fail to comply with applicable certification requirements. Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying their status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable. If you are a Non-U.S. Holder and you sell our common stock to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless you certify that you are a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or you otherwise establish an exemption. If you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid to you outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made to you outside the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a non-U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or you otherwise establish an exemption. Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Rather, you generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by filing a refund claim with the IRS. F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS Not applicable. G. STATEMENT OF EXPERTS Not applicable. H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY 69 Table of Contents The descriptions of each contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to this report are summaries only and do not purport to be complete. Each such description is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibit for a more complete description of the matter involved. We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and in accordance therewith will file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission at its principal offices at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such information may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Securities and Exchange Commission at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission. As a foreign private issuer, we are not subject to the proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are not subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to publish financial statements as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies; however, we intend to furnish holders of our common stock with reports annually containing consolidated financial statements audited by independent accountants. We also intend to file quarterly unaudited financial statements under cover of Form 6-K. I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION Not applicable. I T E M 1 1 . Q U A N T I T A T I V E A N D Q U A L I T A T I V E D I S C L O S U R E S A B O U T M A R K E T R I S K See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects.” I T E M 1 2 . D E S C R I P T I O N O F S E C U R I T I E S O T H E R T H A N E Q U I T Y S E C U R I T I E S Not applicable. 70 Table of Contents ITEM 13. DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES PART II None. ITEM 14. MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders Use of Proceeds Not applicable. Not applicable. ITEM 15. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES As of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (the “Evaluation Date”), we conducted an evaluation (under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer), pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that material information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. B. MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER REPORTING In accordance with Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act, the management of DHT Holdings and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is responsible for the establishment and maintenance of adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Management has performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 based on the provisions of Internal Control•Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission or “COSO”. Based on our assessment, management has determined that the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2010 based on the criteria in Internal Control•Integrated Framework issued by COSO. C. ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010 has been audited by Ernst & Young AS, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears in Item 18 on page F-3. 71 Table of Contents D. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER REPORTING There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation performed above that occurred during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 that could significantly affect the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures subsequent to the Evaluation Date, nor any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in such disclosure controls and procedures requiring corrective actions. As a result, no corrective actions were taken. I T E M 6 A . F I N A N C I A L E X P E R T 1 A U D I T C O M M I T T E E The company’s board of directors has determined that Ms. Randee Day is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined in paragraph (b) of Item 16A of Form 20-F. Ms. Day is “independent,” as determined in accordance with the rules of the NYSE. I T E M 1 6 B . C O D E O F E T H I C S The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all employees including its Chief Executive Officer (its principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (its principal accounting officer). The Company has posted this Code of Ethics to its website at www.dhtholdings.com, where it is publicly available. In addition, the Company will provide a printed copy of its Code of Business Conduct and Ethics to its shareholders upon request. I T E M 1 6 C . P R I N C I P A L A C C O U N T A N T F E E S A N D S E R V I C E S The following table shows the fees for professional services provided by Ernst & Young AS, our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010. Fees Audit Fees(1) Audit•Related Fees(2) Tax Fees All Other Fees Total $ $ 2009 2010 200,000 35,250 - - 235,250 $ $ 186,900 64,100 - - 251,000 (1) Audit fees for 2009 and 2010 represent fees for professional services provided in connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. (2) Audit-related fees for 2010 consisted of $39,300 in respect of quarterly limited reviews and $24,800 in respect of services rendered for the preparation of a registration statement on Form F-3. Audit-related fees for 2009 consisted of $29,500 in respect of services rendered for the preparation of a registration statement on Form F-3 for the issue of 9.4 million shares and $5,750 related to the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8. The Audit Committee has the authority to pre-approve permissible audit-related and non-audit services to be performed by our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and associated fees. Engagements for proposed services either may be separately pre-approved by the Audit Committee or entered into pursuant to detailed pre-approval policies and procedures established by the Audit Committee, as long as the Audit Committee is informed on a timely basis of any engagement entered into on that basis. The Audit Committee separately pre-approved all engagements and fees paid to our Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES Not applicable. 72 Table of Contents ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS None. ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT Not applicable. ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE We are fully compliant with the listing standards of the NYSE applicable to foreign private issuers. Our corporate governance practices do not significantly differ from those followed by U.S. companies listed on the NYSE. 73 Table of Contents I T E M 1 7 . F I N A N C I A L S T A T E M E N T S PART III Not applicable. ITEM 18. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS The following financial statements, together with the related report of Ernst & Young AS, an independent registered public accounting firm, are filed as part of this Annual Report: DHT Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 Consolidated Income Statement for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Page F-2 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 74 Table of Contents ITEM 19. EXHIBITS 1.1++ Articles of Incorporation of DHT Holdings, Inc. 1.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of DHT Holdings, Inc. 2.1+++ Form of Common Stock Certificate. 2.2* Registration Rights Agreement. 4.1.1* Form of Credit Agreement. 4.1.2****** Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement. 4.2.1* Time Charter ─ Overseas Ann. 4.2.2* Time Charter ─ Overseas Chris. 4.2.3* Time Charter ─ Overseas Regal. 4.2.4* Time Charter ─ Overseas Cathy. 4.2.5* Time Charter ─ Overseas Sophie. 4.2.6* Time Charter ─ Overseas Rebecca. 4.2.7* Time Charter ─ Overseas Ania. 4.2.8******* Amendment to Time Charter ─ Overseas Ania. 4.2.9******* Amendment to Time Charter ─ Overseas Ann. 4.2.10******* Amendment to Time Charter ─ Overseas Cathy. 4.2.11******* Amendment to Time Charter ─ Overseas Chris. 4.2.12******* Amendment to Time Charter ─ Overseas Rebecca. 4.2.13******* Amendment to Time Charter ─ Overseas Regal. 4.2.14******* Amendment to Time Charter ─ Overseas Sophie. 4.3.1** Memorandum of Agreement ─ Overseas Newcastle. 4.3.2** Memorandum of Agreement ─ Overseas London. 4.4.1* Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Ann. 4.4.2* Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Chris. 75 Table of Contents 4.4.3* Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Regal. 4.4.4* Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Cathy. 4.4.5* Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Sophie. 4.4.6* Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Rebecca. 4.4.7* Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Ania. 4.5.1*** Amendment to Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Ann. 4.5.2*** Amendment to Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Chris. 4.5.3*** Amendment to Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Regal. 4.5.4*** Amendment to Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Cathy. 4.5.5*** Amendment to Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Sophie. 4.5.6*** Amendment to Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Rebecca. 4.5.7*** Amendment to Ship Management Agreement ─ Overseas Ania. 4.5.8******* Ship Management Agreement. 4.6* Charter Framework Agreement. 4.7* OSG Guaranty of Charterers’ Payments under Charters and Charter Framework Agreement. 4.8* Double Hull Tankers, Inc. Guaranty of Vessel Owners’ Obligations under Management Agreement. 4.9* Double Hull Tankers, Inc. Guaranty of Vessel Owners’ Obligations under Charters. 4.10* Form of Indemnity Agreement among OSG, OIN and certain subsidiaries of the Company related to existing recommendations. 4.11 Employment Agreement of Svein Moxnes Harfjeld. 4.12 Employment Agreement of Trygve Preben Munthe. 4.13**** Employment Agreement of Eirik Ubøe. 4.13.1**** Indemnification Agreement of Eirik Ubøe by Double Hull Tankers, Inc. 4.14* 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan. 4.15******** Amendment to the 2005 Incentive Compensation Plan. 4.16++ DHT Holdings, Inc. Guaranty of Vessel Owners’ Obligations under Management Agreement. 4.17++ DHT Holdings, Inc. Guaranty of Vessel Owners’ Obligations under Charters. 76 Table of Contents 4.18++ Indemnification Agreement of Eirik Ubøe by DHT Holdings, Inc. 4.19+++ Employment Agreement of Randee Day. 4.20+ Nomination Agreement with MMI Group. 8.1 List of Significant Subsidiaries. 12.1 Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) (17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)) or Rule 15d-14(a) (17 CFR 240.15d-14(b)). 12.2 Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) (17 CFR 240.13a-14(a)) or Rule 15d-14(a) (17 CFR 240.15d-14(b)). 13.1 Certification furnished pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) (17 CFR 240.13a-14(b)) or Rule 15d-14(b) (17 CFR 240.15d-14(b)) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18. 15.1 Consent of Ernst & Young AS. Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Form 6-K filed on May 14, 2010. Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Form 6-K filed on March 1, 2010. Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 (File No. 001-32640). Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333 -128460). Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-147001). Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Form 6-K filed on May 17, 2007. Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (File No. 001-32640). + ++ +++ * ** *** **** ***** Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 (File No. 001-32640). ****** Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Form 6-K filed on September 2, 2009. ******* Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Form 6-K filed on February 12, 2009. ******** Incorporated herein by reference from the company’s Form S-8 filed on October 9, 2009. 77 Table of Contents SIGNATURES The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf. Date: March 31, 2011 DHT HOLDINGS, INC. By: /s/ SVEIN MOXNES HARFJELD Name: Svein Moxnes Harfjeld Title: Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) 78 Table of Contents FINANCIAL STATEMENTS DHT Holdings, Inc. Index to Consolidated Financial Statements Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 Consolidated Income Statement for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements Page F-2 F-4 F-5 F-6 F-7 F-8 F-1 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The Board of Directors and Shareholders of DHT Holdings, Inc. We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of DHT Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of DHT Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standard Board. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated January 31, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ Ernst & Young AS Ernst & Young AS Oslo, Norway January 31, 2011 F-2 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The Board of Directors and Shareholders of DHT Holdings, Inc. We have audited DHT Holdings, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control•Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). DHT Holdings, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, DHT Holdings, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statement of financial position of DHT Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholder’s equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 and our report dated January 31, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ Ernst & Young AS Ernst & Young AS Oslo, Norway January 31, 2011 F-3 DHT Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Statement of Financial Position as of December 31 Note 2010 2009 Table of Contents (Dollars in thousands) ASSETS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents Accrued charter hire Prepaid expenses Total current assets Vessels Other assets Other long term receivables Deposit for vessel acquisition Total assets LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY Current liabilities Accounts payable and accrued expenses Derivative financial instruments Deferred shipping revenues Total current liabilities Non-current liabilities Long term debt Derivative financial instruments Other long term liabilities Total non-current liabilities Stockholders’ equity Common stock Paid-in additional capital Retained earnings/(deficit) Other components of equity Total stockholders’ equity Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity F-4 8,9 6 6,16 7 8 4 8,9 8 10 58,569 464 2,713 61,746 412,744 21 844 5,500 480,855 4,449 3,065 8,088 15,602 265,231 3,224 457 268,912 487 240,537 (42,188) (2,495) 196,341 480,855 72,664 - 3,287 75,951 441,036 - 984 - 517,971 6,250 11,779 7,898 25,927 293,041 6,646 433 300,120 487 239,624 (33,824) (14,363) 191,924 517,971 Table of Contents DHT Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Income Statement (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts) Shipping revenues Operating expenses Vessel expenses Depreciation and amortization General and administrative Total operating expenses Income from vessel operations Interest income Interest expense Fair value gain/(loss) on derivative financial instruments Other financial expense Profit before tax Income tax expense Net income / Profit for the year Attributable to the owners of parent Basic net income per share Diluted net income per share Weighted average number of shares (basic) Weighted average number of shares (diluted) Year ended December 31, Year ended December 31, Year ended December 31, Note 3,4 $ 6 11,12 8 8 8 14 5 5 $ $ $ $ 2010 2009 2008 89,681 $ 102,576 $ 114,603 30,221 28,392 7,869 66,482 23,199 131 (13,478) 268 (3,710) 6,410 33 6,377 $ 6,377 $ 0.13 $ 0.13 $ 30,034 26,762 4,588 61,384 41,192 298 (18,130) (4,062) (2,452) 16,846 - 16,846 $ 16,846 $ 0.36 $ 0.36 $ 21,409 25,948 4,766 52,123 62,480 1,572 (21,904) - - 42,148 - 42,148 42,148 1.17 1.17 48,776,270 48,779,606 46,321,404 46,321,404 36,055,422 36,055,422 DHT Holdings, Inc. Statement of Comprehensive Income Profit for the year Other comprehensive income: Reclassification adjustment from previous cash flow hedges Total comprehensive income for the period Attributable to owners of the parent $ 6,377 $ 16,846 $ 42,148 8 11,868 12,055 (16,200) 18,245 28,901 25,948 $ 18,245 $ 28,901 $ 25,948 F-5 Table of Contents DHT Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Dollars in thousands) Common Stock Paid-in Additional Balance at January 1, 2008 Total comprehensive income Cash dividends declared and paid Issue of Common stock Compensation related to options and stock Balance at December 31, 2008 Note Shares 30,030,811 $ Amount 11 9,200,000 7,996 39,238,807 $ Capital Retained Cash Flow Earnings Hedges Total equity 300 $ 92 392 $ 108,760 $ (26,967) $ 42,148 (41,902) 91,334 476 200,570 $ (26,721) $ (10,218) $ (16,200) 71,875 25,948 (41,902) 91,426 476 (26,418) $ 147,823 (Dollars in thousands) Common Stock Paid-in Additional Balance at January 1, 2009 Total comprehensive income Cash dividends declared and paid Issue of Common stock Compensation related to options and stock Issue of restricted stock awards Balance at December 31, 2009 Capital Retained Cash Flow Earnings Hedges Total equity Note Shares 39,238,807 $ Amount 392 $ 200,570 $ (26,721) $ 16,846 (23,949) 11 9,408,481 28,609 95 38,305 749 48,675,897 $ 487 $ 239,624 $ (33,824) $ (26,418) $ 147,823 28,901 12,055 (23,949) 38,400 749 - (14,363) $ 191,924 (Dollars in thousands) Common Stock Paid-in Additional Balance at January 1, 2010 Total comprehensive income Cash dividends declared and paid Issue of Common stock Compensation related to options and stock Issue of restricted stock awards Balance at December 31, 2010 Note Shares 48,675,897 $ Amount 11 86,358 159,706 48,921,961 $ Capital Retained Cash Flow Earnings Hedges Total equity 487 $ 239,624 $ (33,824) $ 6,377 (14,741) 913 487 $ 240,537 $ (42,188) $ (14,363) $ 191,924 18,245 11,868 (14,741) - 913 - (2,495) $ 196,341 Transaction costs on stock issues: The amount recognized as additional paid-in capital in 2009 is after the deduction of share issue cost of $207 and issuance cost of $344 in 2008. Cash flow hedging reserves The cash flow hedging reserve represents the cumulative effective portion of gains or losses arising on fair value of hedging instruments entered into for cash flow hedges. The cumulative gain or loss arising on changes in fair value of the hedging instruments that are recognized and accumulated under the heading of cash flow hedging reserve will be reclassified to profit or loss only when the hedged transaction affects the profit or loss. F-6 Table of Contents DHT Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow (Dollars in thousands) Cash Flows from Operating Activities: Net income Items included in net income not affecting cash flows: Depreciation and amortization Amortization related to interest and swap expense Deferred compensation related to options and restricted stock Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Receivables Prepaid expenses Accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred revenue Net cash provided by operating activities Cash flows from Investing Activities: Decrease/(Increase) in vessel acquisition deposit Investment in vessels Investment in fixtures and fittings Net cash used in investing activities Cash flows from Financing Activities Issuance of common stock Issuance of long-term debt, net of acquisition costs Cash dividends paid Deferred offering costs Repayment of long-term debt Net cash provided by/ (used in) financing activities Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period Cash and cash equivalents at end of period Specification of items included in operating activities: Interest paid Interest received Year ended December 31, Year ended December 31, Year ended December 31, Note 2010 2009 2008 $ 6,377 $ 16,846 $ 6 8 11 8 7 6,16 6 6 10 10 8,9 8,9 $ 28,391 (78) 913 - 250 (1,587) 34,266 (5,500) (99) (21) (5,620) - (14,741) (28,000) (42,741) (14,095) 72,664 58,569 $ 26,762 4,251 749 8,791 (3,121) 326 54,604 - (5,411) - (5,411) 38,400 (23,949) (50,000) (35,549) 13,644 59,020 72,664 $ 42,148 25,948 189 476 (7,244) 525 2,840 64,882 - (81,185) - (81,185) 91,426 90,300 (41,902) 134 (75,000) 64,958 48,655 10,365 59,020 15,348 137 18,303 303 20,750 1,565 F-7 Table of Contents Notes to the consolidated financial statements for year ended December 31, 2010 Note 1 - General information DHT Holdings, Inc. (“DHT” or the “Company”) is a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Marshall Islands whose shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The Company’s principal executive office is located at 26 New Street, St Helier, Jersey, Channel Islands. DHT Maritime, Inc. (formerly Double Hull Tankers, Inc) was incorporated on April 14, 2005 under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Overseas Shipholding Group, Inc. (“OSG”). In October 2005, DHT Maritime, Inc. completed its initial public offering. During the first half of 2007, OSG sold all of its common stock of the Company. As further described in note 15, as part of the corporate reorganization, a newly incorporated holding company, DHT Holdings, Inc., became the publicly held parent of DHT Maritime on March 1, 2010. Since DHT Holdings, Inc. did not meet the definition of a business, it was accounted for as a continuation of the existing DHT Maritime group using the pooling of interest method. The Company has directly and indirectly 100% ownership in 11 Marshall Islands subsidiaries, of which 10 are vessel owning companies (the “Vessel Subsidiaries”), and one Norwegian subsidiary. The primary activity of each of the Vessel Subsidiaries is the ownership and operation of a Vessel. Our principal activity is the ownership and operation of a fleet of crude oil carriers. As of December 31, 2010 our fleet consisted of three very large crude carriers, or “VLCCs,” which are tankers ranging in size from 200,000 to 320,000 deadweight tons, or “dwt,” two Suezmaxes, which are tankers ranging in size from 130,000 to 170,000 dwt, and four Aframax tankers, or “Aframaxes,” which are tankers ranging in size from 80,000 to 120,000 dwt. Our fleet principally operates on international routes and had a combined carrying capacity of 1,656,921 dwt. Our strategy is to employ our vessels in a combination of charters with stable cash flow and market exposure. Note 2 - Significant accounting principles Basis of preparation The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The principal accounting policies are set out below. Statement of compliance The DHT Holdings, Inc. consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”). Basis of consolidation The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statement of DHT Holdings, Inc and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries). Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities. The results of subsidiaries acquired or disposed during the year are included in the consolidated financial statement from the effective date of acquisition or up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation. F-8 Table of Contents Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the consideration transferred, measured at acquisition date fair value and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. For each business combination, the acquirer measures the non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. The purchase consideration is allocated to the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (identifiable net assets) on the basis of fair value at the date of acquisition. These provisional estimates are finalised within 12 months of the acquisition date with adjustments being recorded against goodwill. Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Company’s share in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. If the fair value attributable to the Company’s share of the identifiable net assets exceeds the fair value of the consideration, the Company reassesses whether it has correctly identified and measured the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Any additional assets or liabilities that are identified in that review are recognized. If excess over fair value of the consideration remains after reassessment, the Company recognizes the resulting gain in the Statement of Comprehensive Income on the acquisition date. After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost, less any accumulated impairment losses. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the group’s cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. Transaction costs related to business combinations are expensed. Transaction costs include costs related to the transaction, such as corporate advisors’ fees, legal fees, due diligence fees, stamp duties, and accounting services. Acquisitions made by the Company which do not qualify as a business combination under IFRS 3 “Business Combinations”, are accounted for as asset acquisitions. Cash and cash equivalents Interest-bearing deposits that are highly liquid investments and have a maturity of three months or less when purchased are included in cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at their nominal amount on the balance sheet. Vessels Vessels are stated at historical cost, less subsequent depreciation and impairment, if any. For vessels purchased, these costs include expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of these vessels. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the vessels, taking residual values into consideration, and adjusted for impairment charges, if any. F-9 Table of Contents The estimated useful lives, and residual values are reviewed at each year end, with the effect of any changes in estimate accounted for on a prospective basis. Each vessel’s residual value is equal to the product of its lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate per ton. Each component of the vessels, with a cost significant to the total cost, is separately identified and depreciated, on a straight-line basis, over that component’s useful life. Docking and survey expenditure Ordinary repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the income statement in the period which they are incurred. The cost of periodic scheduled maintenance of vessels (special and intermediate surveys) is capitalized and depreciated over the estimated useful life until next docking or survey. Impairment of vessels The carrying amounts of vessels held and used are reviewed for potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a particular asset may not be fully recoverable. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash generating unit’s (CGU) fair value less cost to sell and its value in use and is determined for each individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those other assets or groups of assets. Normally this will cause each vessel to be tested separately, however impairment test can be performed on a fleet wide basis for example when the vessels are dependent on profit sharing on a fleet wide basis. Where the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. Such impairment is recognized in the income statement. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. The Company assesses at each reporting date if there is any indication that an impairment recognized in a prior period may no longer exist or may have decreased. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the recoverable amount, however not to an extent higher than the carrying amount that would have been determined, had no impairment loss been recognized in prior years. Such reversals are recognized in the income statement. Leases The determination of whether an arrangement is, or contain a lease, is based on the substance of the arrangement at inception date: whether fulfilment of the arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset or the arrangement conveys a right to use the asset. Time charters and bareboat charter arrangements are assessed to involve lease arrangements. Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of the ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating lease. The charter arrangements whereby the Company’s vessels are leased are treated as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are further described in the paragraph discussing revenue. Revenue and expense recognition Revenues from time charters and bareboat charters are accounted for as operating leases and are thus recognized on a straight line basis over the rental periods of such charters. Revenue is recognized from delivery of the vessel to the charterer, until the end of the lease term. F-10 Table of Contents For vessels operating in commercial pools, revenues and voyage expenses are pooled and the resulting net pool revenues, calculated on a time charter equivalent basis, are allocated to the pool participants according to an agreed formula. Formula used to allocate net pool revenues to participants is on the basis of the number of days a vessel operates in the pool with weighting adjustments made to reflect differing capacities and performance capabilities. Vessel expenses include crew costs, vessel stores and supplies, lubricating oils, maintenance and repairs, insurance and communication costs. As part of all of the time charters and one of the bareboat charters that the Company has entered into with subsidiaries of OSG with respect to its Vessels, the Company has the opportunity to earn additional hire when vessel earnings exceed the basic hire amounts set forth in the charters. Additional hire, if any, is calculated and paid quarterly in arrears and recognized as revenue in the quarter in which it was earned. Financial liabilities Financial liabilities are classified as either financial liabilities “at fair value through profit or loss” (FVTPL) or “other financial liabilities”. The FVTPL category comprises the Company’s derivatives. Other financial liabilities of the Company are classified as “other financial liabilities”. a) Other financial liabilities Other financial liabilities, including debt, are initially measured at fair value, net of transaction costs. Other financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, with interest expense recognized on an effective yield basis. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial liability and of allocating interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial liability, or, where appropriate, a shorter period. b) Derivatives The Company uses interest rate swaps to convert part of the interest-bearing debt from floating to fixed rate. The swaps have been designated and have qualified as cash flow hedges until December 31, 2008. The Company applied hedge accounting until December 31, 2008. From January 1, 2009 the Company has discontinued hedge accounting prospectively. Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value at the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured to their fair value at each balance sheet date. The resulting gain and loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately. When a derivative is an effective hedge instrument, a change in the fair value is either offset against the change in fair value of the hedged item or recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in income. The ineffective portion of effective hedges is immediately recognized in income. Derivatives that are not effective hedges are fully adjusted through income. F-11 Table of Contents As of January 1, 2009, when the Company discontinued hedge accounting prospectively, the unrealized gains and losses on the derivative instruments recognized in comprehensive income remains in comprehensive income until the hedged forecast transaction occurs. Fair Value Measurement The fair value of financial instruments that are actively traded in organized markets is determined by reference to quoted marked bid prices. For financial instruments where there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. Such techniques may include using recent arm’s length market transactions; reference to the current fair value of another instrument that is substantially the same; discounted cash flows analysis or other valuation models. With regards to interest rate swaps, fair value measurement is based on current market interest rates and term to maturity. Financial assets – receivables Trade receivables are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, less any impairment. Normally the interest element could be neglected due to the fact that the receivables are short term. The Company regularly reviews its accounts receivables and estimates the amount of uncollectible receivables each period and establishes an allowance for uncollectible amounts. The amount of the allowance is based on the age of unpaid amounts, information about the current financial strength of customers, and other relevant information. Derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities The Company derecognizes a financial asset only when the contractual rights to cash flows from the asset expire; or it transfers the financial asset and substantially all risks and reward of ownership of the asset to another entity. The Company derecognizes financial liabilities when, and only when, the Company’s obligations are discharged, cancelled or they expire. Foreign currency The functional currency of the Company, DHT Maritime and each of the Vessel Subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are translated at the year end exchange rates. Foreign currency revenues and expenses are translated at transaction date exchange rates. Exchange gains and losses are included in the determination of net income. F-12 Table of Contents Balance Sheet Classification Current assets and short-term liabilities include items due less than one year from the balance sheet date, and items related to the operating cycle, if longer, and those primarily held for trading. The current portion of long-term debt is included as current liabilities. Other assets than those described above are classified as non-current assets. Where the Company holds a derivative as an economic hedge (even if hedge accounting is not applied) for a period beyond 12 months after the balance sheet date, the derivative is classified as non-current (or separated into current and non-current). Related parties Parties are related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also related if they are subject to common control or common significant influence. Key management personnel of the Company are also related parties. All transactions between the related parties are recorded at estimated market value. Taxes The Company is a foreign corporation that is not subject to United States federal income taxes. Further, the Company is not subject to income taxes imposed by the Marshall Islands, the country in which it is incorporated. The Norwegian management company is subject to taxation in Norway. Income tax expense represents the sum of the taxes currently payable and deferred tax. Taxes payable are provided based on taxable profits at the current tax rate. Deferred taxes are recognized on differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit. Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognized for all temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilized. Stock Compensation Employees of the Company receive remuneration in the form of restricted common stock, that is subject to vesting conditions. Equity-settled share based payment is measured at the fair value of the equity instrument at the grant date. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest. F-13 Table of Contents Pension Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are recognized as an expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. For defined benefit retirement benefit plans, the cost of providing benefits is determined using the Projected Unit Credit Method, with actuarial valuations being carried out at the end of each reporting period. Actuarial gains and losses that exceed 10 per cent of the greater of the present value of the company’s defined benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets as at the end of the prior year are amortised over the expected average remaining working lives of the participating employees. Past service cost is recognized immediately to the extent that the benefits are already vested, and otherwise is amortised on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefits become vested. The retirement benefit obligation recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation as adjusted for unrecognized actuarial gains and losses and unrecognized past service cost, and as reduced by the fair value of plan assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to unrecognized actuarial losses and past service cost, plus the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the plan. Segment information The Company has only one operating segment, and consequently does not provide segment information, except for the entity wide disclosures required. Use of estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Areas where significant estimates have been applied are: • • • • Depreciation: As described above, the Company reviews estimated useful lifes and residual values each year. Estimates may change due to technological development, competition and environmental and legal requirements. In addition residual value may vary due to changes in market prices on scrap. Drydock period: The vessels are required by their respective classification societies to go through a dry dock at regular intervals. In general, vessels below the age of 15 years are docked every 5 years and vessels older than 15 years are docked every 2 1/2 years. Impairment testing of Vessels: Impairment occurs when the carrying value of an asset or cash generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The value in use calculation is based on a discounted cash flow model. The recoverable amount is highly sensitive to the assumptions made for the discount rate used to discount future cash flows as well as the underlying assumptions for estimated future net cash flows. Stock based compensation: Expenditures related to stock based compensation is sensitive to assumptions used in calculation of fair value. Use of judgement In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the financial statements; F-14 Table of Contents Impairment The company has determined that the fleet of vessels operating on time charters with OSG as one Cash Generating Unit (CGU) as all seven vessels are on charter to the same customer, all seven charters were negotiated together and all seven vessels have profit sharing on a fleet wide basis. Changes in accounting policy and disclosure (a) New and amended standards, and interpretations mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 January 2010 but not currently relevant to the group (although they may affect the accounting for future transactions and events) • IFRS 3 (revised), ‘Business combinations’, and consequential amendments to IAS 27, ‘Consolidated and separate financial statements’, IAS 28, ‘Investments in associates’, and IAS 31, ‘Interests in joint ventures’, are effective prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after 1 July 2009. The adoption of the standard did not have any effect on the financial statements. • IAS 27 (revised) requires the effects of all transactions with non-controlling interests to be recorded in equity if there is no change in control and these transactions will no longer result in goodwill or gains and losses. The standard also specifies the accounting when control is lost. Any remaining interest in the entity is re-measured to fair value, and a gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss. IAS 27 (revised) has had no impact on the current period. • IFRIC 17, ‘Distribution of non-cash assets to owners’ (effective on or after 1 July 2009). • IFRIC 18, ‘Transfers of assets from customers’, effective for transfer of assets received on or after 1 July 2009. • IFRIC 9, ‘Reassessment of embedded derivatives and IAS 39, Financial instruments: Recognition and measurement’, effective 1 July 2009. • IFRIC 16, ‘Hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation’ effective 1 July 2009. • IAS 1 (amendment), ‘Presentation of financial statements’. • IAS 36 (amendment), ‘Impairment of assets’, effective 1 January 2010. • IFRS 2 (amendments), ‘Group cash-settled share-based payment transactions’, effective from 1 January 2010. • IFRS 5 (amendment), ‘Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations’. (b) New standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not effective for the financial year beginning 1 January 2010 and not early adopted • IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’, issued in November 2009. This standard is the first step in the process to replace IAS 39, ‘Financial instruments: recognition and measurement’. IFRS 9 introduces new requirements for classifying and measuring financial assets and is likely to affect the group’s accounting for its financial assets. The standard is not applicable until 1 January 2013 but is available for early adoption. The Company has not yet assessed the impact of IFRS 9’s. F-15 Table of Contents • Revised IAS 24 (revised), ‘Related party disclosures’, issued in November 2009. It supersedes IAS 24, ‘Related party disclosures’, issued in 2003. IAS 24 (revised) is mandatory for periods beginning on or after 1 January 2011. It is not expected to have any impact on the group’s financial statements. • Classification of rights issues’ (amendment to IAS 32), issued in October 2009. The amendment applies to annual periods beginning on or after 1 February 2010. Earlier application is permitted. The amendment addresses the accounting for rights issues that are denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the issuer. Provided certain conditions are met, such rights issues are now classified as equity regardless of the currency in which the exercise price is denominated. Previously, these issues had to be accounted for as derivative liabilities. The amendment applies retrospectively in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting policies, changes in accounting estimates and errors’. It is not expected to have any impact on the group’s financial statements. • IFRIC 19, ‘Extinguishing financial liabilities with equity instruments’, effective 1 July 2010. It is not expected to have any impact on the group’s financial statements. • Prepayments of a minimum funding requirement’ (amendments to IFRIC 14). The amendments correct an unintended consequence of IFRIC 14, ‘IAS 19 – The limit on a defined benefit asset, minimum funding requirements and their interaction’. It is not expected to have any impact on the group’s financial statements. F-16 Table of Contents Note 3 - Segment information Operating Segments: Since DHT’s business is limited to operating a fleet of crude oil tankers, management has organized the entity as one segment based upon on the service provided. Consequently, the Company has one operating segment as defined in IFRS 8, Operating Segments. The Company’s vessels carry crude oil only and the vessels that are chartered to OSG are chartered to companies incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Entity-wide disclosures: Information about major customers: As of December 31, 2010, all of the Company’s Vessels are chartered to wholly-owned subsidiaries of Overseas Shipholding Group, Inc (“OSG”) pursuant to either time charters or bareboat charters. The charters’ payments to the Company under these charters are the only source of revenue. Seven vessels are time chartered to OSG with the terms expiring from the second quarter of 2012 to the second quarter of 2013. The two Suezmax tankers are bareboat chartered to OSG until 2014 and 2018, respectively. F-17 Table of Contents Note 4 - Charter arrangements The following summarises the material terms of the Company’s charters. Each of the Initial Vessels is subject to time charter agreements with OSG. Each time charter may be renewed by the charterer on one or more successive occasions. The Suezmax vessels, Overseas Newcastle and Overseas London are bareboat chartered to OSG. Detail is provided below: Time charters: Charter periods: Vessel Overseas Ann Overseas Chris Overseas Regal Overseas Cathy Overseas Sophie Overseas Rebecca Overseas Ania Expiry after Extension * April 16, 2013 October 16, 2012 April 16, 2012 January 16, 2013 July 16, 2012 April 16, 2012 April 16, 2012 Maximum Remaining Extension term 7 years 7 years 5 years 7 years 7 years 3.5 years 3.5 years *On November 26, 2008, DHT entered into an agreement with OSG whereby OSG exercised its option to extend the charters for the Initial Vessels upon expiry of the vessels’ initial charter periods. For the Overseas Rebecca and the Overseas Ania, the charters were extended for 18 months after the initial charter periods expired in October 2010 at the basic charter rate. With regards to the remaining five vessels, the charters were extended for 12 months after the initial charter periods expire between April 2011 and April 2012, with the charter hire rate for the declared extension periods being either the basic charter rate stipulated in the applicable charter (see table below) or, if the one-year time charter rate is lower, a rate which is no more than $5,000 per day below the basic charter rate stipulated in the charters. Basic hire rates (not expressed in thousands): Charter year ending Oct. 17, 2009 Oct. 17, 2010 Oct. 17, 2011 Oct. 17, 2012 Oct. 17, 2013 Overseas Ann, Overseas Chris, Overseas Regal $37,600/day $37,800/day $38,100/day $38,500/day $38,800/day Overseas Cathy, Overseas Sophie $24,900/day $25,100/day $25,400/day $25,700/day $26,000/day Overseas Rebecca, Overseas Ania $18,900/day $19,100/day $19,400/day $19,700/day - The charterers are not obligated to pay the Company charters hire for off hire days that include days vessel is unable to be in service due to, among other things, repairs or drydockings. Bareboat charters: Vessel Overseas Newcastle (1) Expiry Dec 4, 2014 Charter rate $26,300/day until Dec 4, 2010, $25,300 thereafter Overseas London (2) Jan 28, 2018 $26,600/day (1) OSG has the right to acquire the vessel at the end of charter term. (2) OSG has the right to acquire the vessel at the end of the eight, ninth and tenth year of the charter term. If the market value of the vessel is higher than the purchase price on the date of acquisition, OSG and DHT to share excess of market value above purchase price 60% to OSG and 40% to DHT. Additional hire: In addition to the basic hire, the charter arrangements provide certain profit sharing arrangements for additional hire for all vessels except the Overseas London. The amount of additional hire, if any, depends upon several factors such as whether or not the vessel operates in a pool. The amount of additional hire in 2010 was zero (2009: $12,079) (2008: $24,822). F-18 Table of Contents Future charter payments: The future revenues expected to be received from the time charters and bareboat charters for the Company’s nine Vessels and the related revenue days (which represent calendar days, less estimated days that the time chartered vessels are not available for employment due to repairs or drydock) are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Year 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Thereafter Net charter payments: $ $ Amount 88,168 57,781 22,988 18,268 9,720 20,212 217,137 Revenue days 3,177 2,133 851 703 365 759 7,988 Future charter payments do not include any additional hire from the profit sharing component of the charter agreements. Revenues from a time charter are not received when a vessel is off-hire, including time required for normal periodic maintenance of the vessel. In arriving at the minimum future charter revenues, an estimated time for off-hire to perform periodic maintenance on each vessel has been deducted, although there is no assurance that such estimate will be reflective of the actual off-hire in the future. F-19 Table of Contents Deferred shipping revenues: Relates mainly to next month charter hire payment paid in advance, amounting to $7,932 and $7,898 in 2010 and 2009, respectively. Concentration of risk: All of the Company’s vessels are chartered to OSG, and consequently OSG is the only source of trade receivables. Due to this fact the concentration of risk related to trade receivables is substantial, however, the Company believes that the risk can be adequately monitored as OSG is a publicly traded company with credit ratings from Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s. Note 5 - Earnings per share The computation of basic earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The computation of diluted earnings per share assumes the exercise of all dilutive stock options and restricted shares using the treasury stock method. The components of the calculation of basic earnings per share and diluted earnings per share are as follows: (Dollars in thousands) Net Income for the period used for the EPS calculations 2010 2009 2008 $ 6,377 $ 16,846 $ 42,148 Basic earnings per share: Weighted average shares outstanding, basic Diluted earnings per share: Weighted average shares outstanding, basic Dilutive equity award* Weighted average shares outstanding, dilutive 48,776,270 46,321,404 36,055,422 48,776,270 3,336 48,779,606 46,321,404 - 46,321,404 36,055,422 - 36,055,422 *The dilutive effect of 3,336 shares in 2010 is based on a total of 524,643 restricted shares as of December 31, 2010. In addition, a total of 168,522 restricted shares and options are not included because they have an anti-dilutive effect. F-20 Table of Contents Note 6 - Vessels and subsidiaries The Vessels are owned by nine 100% owned Marshall Islands subsidiaries of DHT Maritime, Inc. which is 100% owned by the Company (the “Vessel Subsidiaries”). The primary activity of each of the Vessel Subsidiaries is the ownership and operation of a Vessel. In addition the Company has one Norwegian subsidiary which performs management services for the Company. The following table sets out the details of the Vessel Subsidiaries included in these consolidated financial statements: Company Chris Tanker Corporation Ann Tanker Corporation Regal Unity Tanker Corporation Newcastle Tanker Corporation London Tanker Corporation Cathy Tanker Corporation Sophie Tanker Corporation Ania Aframax Corporation Rebecca Tanker Corporation Vessel name Overseas Chris Overseas Ann Overseas Regal Overseas Newcastle Overseas London Overseas Cathy Overseas Sophie Overseas Ania Overseas Rebecca Dwt 309,285 309,327 309,966 164,626 152,923 111,928 112,045 94,848 94,873 Flag State Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Year Built 2001 2001 1997 2001 2000 2004 2003 1994 1994 On December 8, 2010, DHT entered into an agreement to acquire a 1999 built VLCC for $55,000 to be named DHT Phoenix. The vessel is expected to be delivered in the first quarter of 2011 and DHT has paid a deposit in an amount of $5,500. The vessel will be owned by a 100% owned Marshall Islands subsidiary of DHT Holdings, Inc., DHT Phoenix, Inc., a company incorporated on December 8, 2010. See also note 16. Cost of Vessels At January 1, 2008 Additions Disposals At December 31, 2008 Additions Disposals At December 31, 2009 Additions Disposals At December 31, 2010 Carrying amount At December 31, 2008 At December 31, 2009 At December 31, 2010 Depreciation period: $ Depreciation and impairment 435,667 At January 1, 2008 90,330 Depreciation expense - Impairment 525,997 At December 31, 2008 5,411 Depreciation expense - Impairment 531,408 At December 31, 2009 99 Depreciation expense - Impairment 531,507 At December 31, 2010 $ 462,387 441,036 412,744 $ 37,662 25,948 - 63,610 26,762 - 90,372 28,392 - 118,764 The Initial Vessels are being depreciated over periods ranging from 14 to 23 years, which represent the Initial Vessels’ remaining useful life at the date of acquisition from OSG. The Overseas Newcastle and the Overseas London are being depreciated over a period of 18 years. Total estimated life for the Vessels is 25 years. Depreciation is calculated taking residual value into consideration. Each vessel’s residual value is equal to the product of its lightweight tonnage and an estimated scrap rate per ton. Estimated scrap rate used as a basis for depreciation is $177 per ton (not expressed in thousands). F-21 Table of Contents Impairment: During the year, the Company carried out a review of the recoverable amount of its vessels. The review did not lead to recognition of any impairment. The pre-tax nominal discount rate used when calculating value in use was 8.43% per annum. The company has determined that the fleet of vessels operating on time charters with OSG are one Cash Generating Unit (CGU) since cash flows generated are dependent upon the profit sharing on a fleet wide basis. Drydock expenditures: Drydock expenditures incurred after January 16, 2009 when each of the Vessel Subsidiaries entered into the new technical management agreements have been recognized as an asset when the recognition criteria were met. Pledged assets: The Vessels have been pledged as collateral under the secured credit agreement with The Royal Bank of Scotland. Technical Management Agreements: On October 18, 2005, each of the Vessel Subsidiaries entered into technical management agreements with Tanker Management, a subsidiary of OSG, for the technical management of its Initial Vessels in exchange for a fixed fee for each vessel. As part of the ship management agreements, OSG was responsible for technical management of the vessels, including crewing, maintenance and ordinary repairs, scheduled drydockings, stores and supplies and lubricating oils. Effective as of January 16, 2009, Tanker Management exercised its right to cancel the technical management agreements. Effective as of the same date, each of the Vessel Subsidiaries entered into new technical management agreements with Tanker Management according to which each of the Vessel Subsidiaries will pay fees based upon the actual costs incurred related to the technical management of the Initial Vessels. F-22 Table of Contents Note 7 - Accounts payable and accrued expenses Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following: (Dollars in thousands) Accrued interest Insurance Accounts payable Other Total $ $ 2010 2009 1,207 - 123 3,119 4,449 $ $ 3,382 120 280 2,468 6,250 F-23 Table of Contents Note 8 - Financial instruments (Dollars in thousands) Classes of financial instruments Carrying amount 2010 2009 Financial assets Trade and other receivables - - $ $ Cash and short term deposits* 58,569 72,664 $ 58,569 $ 72,664 Total *Includes $68 and $41 in restricted cash in 2010 and 2009, respectively, related to employee tax withholding. Cash and short term deposits for 2010 does not include deposit of $5,500 related to acquisition of DHT Phoenix. See note 16. Financial liabilities Derivative financial instruments, current Derivative financial instruments, non-current Long term debt Total Non-Current financial liabilities Fair value of financial instruments: $ $ 3,065 $ 3,224 265,230 268,454 $ 11,779 6,646 293,041 299,687 It is assumed that fair value of financial instruments is equal to the carrying amount for all financial assets and liabilities. The long term debt is floating rate debt and the credit risk is considered immaterial, consequently it is assumed no material deviation from fair value. Measurement of fair value: It is only derivatives that are classified within a fair value measurement category and recognized at fair value in the balance sheet. Fair value measurement is based on Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy as defined in IFRS 7. Such measurement is based on techniques for which all inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly. Derivatives - interest rate swaps Swap pays 5.6%, receive floating Swap pays 5.95%, receive floating Carrying amount Expires Oct. 18, 2010 Jan. 18, 2013 Notional amount Fair value 2010 2009 2010 2009 $ - $ 65,000 194,000 $ 100,000 $ - $ (6,289) (6,289) $ (8,540) (9,885) (18,425) The Company discontinued hedge accounting prospectively from January 1, 2009. The cumulative loss on interest rate swaps recorded as hedge accounting that has been recognized in other comprehensive income, remains separately in equity until the forecasted transactions occur or is no longer expected to occur. In line with quarterly payments of interest, a part of the remaining equity element is reclassified through profit and loss. In 2010 an expense of $ 11,868 (2009; $12,055) was reclassified from other comprehensive income through profit and loss, of which $3,710 (2009; $2,452) related to the early termination of interest swaps. The income tax effect was zero for all periods. Remaining cumulative loss as of December 31, 2010 of $2,495 (2009: $14,363) will be reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit and loss in line with future quarterly interest payments until the swap has expired or is terminated. F-24 Table of Contents Long term debt Interest Tranche 1 LIBOR + 0.70 % Tranche 2 LIBOR + 0.85 % Total carrying amount Remaining notional Carrying amount 2010 2009 186,000 $ 80,000 266,000 $ 185,462 $ 79,768 265,230 $ 193,367 99,674 293,041 $ $ F-25 Table of Contents Both tranches are under the same secured credit facility between DHT Maritime, Inc. and RBS. Interest is payable quarterly in arrears. The credit facility is principally secured by the first priority mortgages on the Vessels, assignments of earnings, insurances and DHT Maritime, Inc’s rights under the charters for the Vessels as well as the ship management agreements, and a pledge of DHT Maritime, Inc’s bank account balances with RBS. The credit facility provides that DHT Maritime, Inc. may not pay dividends 1) if the charter-free market value of the vessels that secure the credit facility is less than 135% of DHT Maritime’s borrowings under the facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any outstanding interest rate swaps, 2) there is a continuing default under the credit facility or 3) the payment of the dividend would result in a default or breach of a loan covenant. The credit facility agreement also contains a financial covenant requiring that at all times the charter-free market value of the vessels that secure the obligations under the credit facility be no less than 120% of DHT Maritime’s borrowings under the facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any outstanding interest rate swaps. Hedge accounting Hedge accounting for the year ending December 31, 2010: The Company discontinued hedge accounting prospectively from January 1, 2009. Since the forecasted transactions that have been hedged are still expected to occur (i.e. interest payments), the cumulative loss on the hedging instrument as of December 31, 2008 remained in other comprehensive income and are reversed and recognized as interest expense as the associated interest payments occur. As of December 31, 2010, the remaining amount of the cumulative loss is $2,495 (2009: $14,363). In 2008 the Company applied hedge accounting, and a loss of $16,200 was recorded in other comprehensive income. F-26 Table of Contents Note 9 - Financial risk management, objectives and policies Financial risk management The Company’s principal financial liabilities consist of long-term debt and derivatives. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the Company’s operations. The Company’s financial assets mainly comprise cash. The Company is exposed to market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s senior management oversees the management of these risks. Market risk Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market prices comprise four types of risk: interest rate risk, currency risk, commodity price risk and other price risk. Financial instruments affected by market risk are debt, deposits and derivative financial instruments. a) Interest rate risk: Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s long-term debt with floating interest rates. To manage this risk, the Company has entered into interest rate swaps which currently covers part of the long-term debt, in which the Company agrees to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed and variable rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed-upon notional principal amount. Interest rate risk sensitivity: The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on the exposure to interest rates for both derivatives and floating rate long-term debt. For floating rate long-term debt, the analysis is prepared assuming the amount of liability outstanding at the balance sheet date was outstanding for the whole year. • 2010: If interest rates had been 50 basis points higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, the Company’s: o o profit for the year ended 31 December 2010 would decrease/increase by $608. other equity reserves would not be effected. • 2009: If interest rates had been 50 basis points higher/lower and all other variables were held constant, the Company’s: o o profit for the year ended 31 December 2009 would decrease/increase by $857. other equity reserves would not be effected. • 2008: constant, the Company's: Under the condition of hedge accounting, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher/lower and all other variables were held o o profit for the year ended 31 December 2008 would have been unchanged provided that the hedge is 100% effective. other equity reserves would decrease/increase by $4,181. b) Foreign currency risk Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Company has only immaterial currency risk since all income and all vessel operating expenses are in US Dollars. Consequently no sensitivity analysis is prepared. Credit risk Credit risk refers to the risk that a counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Company. The Company is exposed to credit risk from its operating activities (primarily for trade receivables) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and financial institutions. Credit risks related to receivables: All of the Company’s Vessels are chartered to wholly-owned subsidiaries of OSG, and is the only source of trade receivables. OSG guarantees the subsidiaries’payments under the charter agreements. The concentration of credit risk is substantial, however due to this fact the Company is able to monitor this risk well. OSG’s credit rating from Standard & Poors’ and Moody’s is B and Ba3, respectively. Credit risk related to cash and cash equivalents: The Company seeks to diversify credit risks on cash by holding cash in two financial institutions, RBS and Nordea. The Company’s counterparty for its interest rate swap is RBS. F-27 Table of Contents The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum credit exposure. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting dates was: (Dollars in thousands) Cash and cash equivalents Voyage receivables Maximum credit exposure Liquidity risk 2010 2009 $ $ 58,569 - 58,569 $ $ 72,664 - 72,664 The Company monitors its risk to a shortage of funds by continuously monitoring maturity of financial assets and liabilities, and projected cash flows from operations such as charter hire and vessel operating expenses. The following are contractual maturities of financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments on an undiscounted basis. Swap payments are the net effect from paying fixed rate/ receive LIBOR. The LIBOR interest spot rate at December 31, 2010 (and spot rate at December 31, 2009 for comparatives) is used as a basis for preparation. Year ended December 31, 2010 (Dollars in thousands) Interest bearing loans* Interest rate swaps Year ended December 31, 2009 (Dollars in thousands) Interest bearing loans* Interest rate swaps $ * LIBOR + basis points disclosed in note 8. Capital management Less than 3 months $ $ Less than 3 months $ 703 $ 925 1,628 $ 739 $ 4,619 5,358 $ 3 to 12 months 1 to 5 2,085 $ 2,745 4,831 $ 3 to 12 months 1 to 5 2,218 $ 13,705 15,923 $ years 113,164 $ 4,606 117,770 $ years 143,626 $ 12,851 156,477 $ More than 5 years More than 5 years 164,916 $ - 164,916 $ 164,790 $ - 164,790 $ Total 280,868 8,276 289,144 Total 311,373 31,175 342,548 A key objective in relation to capital management is to ensure that the Company maintains a strong capital structure in order to support its business. The Company evaluates its capital structure in light of current and projected cash flow, the relative strength of the shipping markets, new business opportunities and the Company’s financial commitments. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt. The Company is of the view that it met its capital management objectives during 2010. The Company is within its financial covenants stipulated in the credit agreement between DHT Maritime, Inc. and RBS. The credit agreement contains a financial covenant requiring that all times charter-free market value of the vessels that secure the obligations under the credit agreement be no less than 120% of DHT Maritime’s borrowings under the facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any interest rate swaps that DHT Maritime, Inc. enters. As part of its capital management, the Company evaluates the charter-free market value of its vessels relative to its obligations under the credit agreement. Also, the credit facility provides that DHT Maritime, Inc. may not pay dividends to its parent DHT Holdings, Inc. 1) if the charter-free market value of the vessels that secure the credit facility is less than 135% of DHT Maritime’s borrowings under the facility plus the actual or notional cost of terminating any outstanding interest rate swaps, 2) there is a continuing default under the credit facility or 3) the payment of the dividend would result in a default or breach of a loan covenant. DHT Holdings, Inc.’s ability to pay dividends is not restricted by the financial covenants stipulated in the credit agreement between DHT Maritime, Inc. and RBS. F-28 Table of Contents Note 10 - Stockholders’ equity and dividend payment Stockholders’ equity: Issued at December 31, 2009 Shares issued in 2010 Issued at December 31, 2010 Par value Numbers of shares authorized for issue at December 31, 2010 Common stock: Common stock 48,675,897 246,064 48,921,961 0.01 $ 100,000,000 $ Preference stock 0 0 0 0.01 1,000,000 Each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Preference stock: Terms and rights of Preference shares will be established by the board if or when such shares are issued. Dividend payment: Dividend payment 2010: Payment date: June 8, 2010 September 17, 2010 November 22, 2010 Total payment in 2010: Dividend payment 2009: Payment date: March 5, 2009 June 16, 2009 Total payment in 2009: Dividend payment 2008: Payment date: March 11, 2008 June 11, 2008 September 24, 2008 December 11, 2008 Total payment in 2008: Total payment $ 4.9 million $ 4.9 million 4.9 million 14.7 million $ $ Per share 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.30 Total payment 11.8 million $ 12.2 million 24.0 million $ Per share 0.30 0.25 0.55 Total payment 10.5 million 9.8 million 9.8 million 11.8 million 41.9 million Per share $ 0.35 0.25 0.25 0.30 $ 1.15 $ $ $ $ F-29 Table of Contents Note 11 - General & Administrative Expenses General and Administrative Expenses: Compensation of Executives and Directors Office and Administrative Expenses Audit, Legal and Consultancy Total General and Administrative Expenses Stock Compensation: 2010 2009 2008 3,848 1,417 2,603 7,869 2,764 926 897 4,588 2,957 1,312 496 4,766 The Company has an Incentive Compensation Plan (“Plan”) for the benefit of Directors and senior management. Different awards may be granted under this Plan, including stock options, restricted shares / restricted stock units and cash incentive awards. Stock Options: The exercise price for options cannot be less than the fair market value of a common stock on the date of grant. Subject to any applicable award agreement, options shall vest and become exercisable on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. Restricted shares and restricted stock units (RSUs): Restricted shares can neither be transferred nor assigned by the participant. Vesting conditions: Awards issued vest subject to continued employment/office. For some of the awards there is an additional vesting condition requiring certain market conditions to be met. The market condition requires a minimum total shareholders return over the vesting period and is set at the grant date. The Plan may allow for different criteria for new grants. Stock compensation series: (1) Granted Oct 2005, restricted shares (2) Granted Oct 2005, stock options * (3) Granted May 2006, restricted shares (4) Granted Nov 2006, restricted shares (5) Granted May 2007, restricted shares (6) Granted May 2008, restricted shares (7) Granted May 2009, restricted shares (8) Granted May 2010, restricted shares (9) Granted Sept. 2010, restricted shares Number of shares/options Vesting Period Fair value at grant date 6,250 69,446 3,000 35,239 40,255 66,684 220,744 127,319 300,000 4 years 3 years 5 months 1-2,5 years 1-3 years 1-3 years 1-3 years 1-3 years 1-3 years 12.00 12.00 12.79 13.79 15.99 10.60 4.26 4.36 3.95 * The stock options in item (2) above expires 10 years from grant date. Exercise price is $12.00. All stock options in item 2 above could be exercised at December 31, 2009 and 2010. No other restricted stock had vested as of December 31, 2010. F-30 Table of Contents The following reconciles the number of outstanding restricted common stock and share options: Outstanding at Jan 1, 2008 Granted Exercised/ Vested Forfeited Outstanding at Dec 31, 2008 Granted Exercised/ Vested Forfeited Outstanding at Dec 31, 2009 Granted Exercised/ Vested Forfeited Outstanding at Dec 31, 2010 Restricted common stock Share options 66,885 66,684 (8,644) - 124,925 220,742 14,490 17,330 313,847 427,319 165,656 50,867 524,643 23,148 - - - 23,148 - - - 23,148 - - - 23,148 Expense recognized from stock compensation 2010 913 2009 2008 476 749 F-31 Table of Contents The fair value on the vesting date for shares that vested in 2010 was $4.36. No payment was made for the vested shares by the employees and directors and is settled with shares of common stock. The weighted average contractual life for the outstanding stock compensation series was 2.36 years as of December 31, 2010. Valuation of Stock Compensation: The fair value of restricted common stock that vest based on continued employment/office only are considered to be equal to the fair market value of common stock at the grant date. For restricted stock granted in May 2010 and May 2009 that vest due to both continued employment and market conditions, the calculated fair value at grant date was valued at 62% of the fair value of the common stock using a Monte Carlo simulation. For restricted stock granted in September 2010 that vest due to both continued employment and market conditions, the calculated fair value at grant date was 31.5% for 150,000 shares and 40% for 150,000 shares of the share price at grant date calculated using an option pricing model which includes various assumptions including estimated volatility of 37.5%, based on historical volatility. Compensation of Executives and Directors: Remuneration of Executives and Directors as a group: (Dollars in thousands) Cash Compensation Pension cost Share compensation Total remuneration Shares held by Executives and Directors: Executives and Directors as a group* $ $ 2010 2,853 $ 82 913 3,848 $ 2009 2,015 $ - 749 2,764 $ 2008 2,481 - 476 2,957 2010 1,207,086 2009 396,364 2008 172,173 *Includes 524,643 (2009: 312,289, 2008: 124,925) shares of restricted stock subject to vesting conditions. In connection with termination of an Executive’s employment, the Executives of the Company may be entitled to an amount equal to 18 months base salary and any unvested equity awards may become fully vested. There are no post-employment benefits. F-32 Table of Contents Note 12 - Related parties Transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, which are related parties to the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. On March 11, 2010, the Company announced that Ole Jacob Diesen, the CEO, would step down as CEO on March 31, 2010. Mr. Diesen continued to work with the Company as a consultant until September 30, 2010. Total cost related to the departure of Mr. Diesen was $900 plus a total of 159,706 shares. The Company has no further obligations towards Mr. Diesen. From September 1, 2010, DHT Management AS, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, has rented the offices from Munthe & Harfjeld AS, a company owned 50% each by Svein Moxnes Harfjeld, CEO and Trygve Munthe, COO on estimated market terms. From January 1, 2011, DHT Management AS has entered into a rental contract directly with the landlord. F-33 Table of Contents Note 13 - Pensions (Dollars in thousands) The Company is required to have an occupational pension scheme in accordance with the Norwegian law on required occupational pension (“lov om obligatorisk tjenestepensjon”) for the employees in DHT Management AS. The Company’s pension scheme satisfies the requirements of this law and comprises a closed defined benefit scheme and a contribution scheme. At the end of the year, there were 5 participants in the benefit plan and 2 in the contribution plan. Defined benefit pension The Company has established a funded benefit plan for qualifying employees in 2010. Under the plan the employees, from the age 65, are entitled to 70% of the base salary at retirement date. Part of the pension obligation is covered by payments from the National Insurance Scheme in Norway. The defined benefit plan is insured through an insurance company. For accounting purposes it is assumed that the pension benefits are accrued linearly. Parts of unrealised gains and losses resulting from changes in actuarial assumptions that exceed a defined corridor are distributed over the estimated remaining average vesting period. The corridor is defined as 10% of the more significant of the gross pension liability and the gross plan asset. Calculation of this year’s pension costs: Present value of pension earnings of the year Pension costs for the year The amounts recognized in the statement of financial position at the reporting date are as follows: Present value of the defined benefit obligation Fair value of plan assets Net pension obligation Unrecognized estimation deviation Net balance sheet recorded pension liability December 31 Change in gross pension obligation: Gross obligation January 1 Present value of this year’s earnings Interest charge on pension liabilities Actuarial loss/gain Payment of pensions/paid-up policies Gross pension obligation December 31 Change in gross pension assets: The company does not have any pension assets at year end. Assumptions Discount rate Yield on pension assets Wage growth G regulation Pension adjustment Average remaining service period F-34 2010 2010 51 51 51 0 51 0 51 2010 4.00% 5.40% 4.00% 3.75% 1.30% 17 2010 0 51 0 0 0 51 Table of Contents Note 14 - Tax The Company is a foreign corporation that is not subject to United States federal income taxes. Further, the Company is not subject to income taxes imposed by the Marshall Islands, the country in which it is incorporated. The Norwegian management company, DHT Management AS, is subject to income taxation in Norway, and the tax effects are disclosed below. Specification of income tax: (Dollars in thousands) Income tax payable Change in deferred tax Total income tax expense Specification of deferred tax liability: (Dollars in thousands) Property, plant and equipment, deferred tax liability (28%) 1) 1) Due to materiality, not recognized on a separate line in the statement of financial position Reconciliation of effective tax rate: (Dollars in thousands) Profit before income tax -Expected income tax assessed at the tax rate for the Parent company (0%) Adjusted for tax effect of the following items: Income in subsidiary, subject to 28% income tax Total income tax expense 2010 2009 2008 $ $ 33 1 34 $ $ - - - $ $ 31. Dec 2010 31. Dec 2009 31. Dec 2008 $ 1 $ - $ - - - - 2010 2009 2008 - - $ - - 6,411 $ 0 34 34 $ - - $ - - $ $ The announced dividend that is disclosed in note 17, does not have any tax consequences for the Company. F-35 Table of Contents Note 15 - Corporate Reorganization On March 1, 2010, DHT Maritime, Inc. (“DHT Maritime”) effected a series of transactions (collectively, the “Holdings Dividend”) that resulted in DHT becoming the publicly held parent of DHT Maritime. In connection with the Holdings Dividend, each shareholder of DHT Maritime on March 1, 2010 received one share of DHT common stock for each share of DHT Maritime common stock held by such shareholder on such date. Following the Holdings Dividend, shares of DHT Maritime common stock no longer trade on The New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”). Instead, shares of common stock of DHT now trade on the NYSE under the ticker symbol “DHT”, which is the same ticker symbol of DHT Maritime. The Holdings Dividend was effected through a series of transactions. First, the board of directors of DHT Maritime designated a new series of preferred stock, Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”), and declared a pro rata dividend of the shares of such preferred stock to the holders of DHT Maritime common stock as of March 1, 2010. In connection with such dividend, the shares of preferred stock were deposited in a trust for the benefit of the holders of DHT Maritime common stock. By virtue of its dividend, voting and other rights, this preferred stock of DHT Maritime reflects nearly all of the voting and economic value of DHT Maritime. Second, the trust contributed the shares of the preferred stock to DHT in exchange for a number of shares of DHT common stock equal to the number of shares of DHT Maritime common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Holdings Dividend. Third, the trust distributed the shares of DHT common stock to the holders of DHT Maritime common stock (the beneficiaries of the trust) on a one-for-one basis, such that each holder of DHT Maritime common stock received one share of DHT common stock for each share of DHT Maritime common stock held by such holder. As a result of the Holdings Dividend, each DHT Maritime shareholder held one share of DHT common stock for each share of DHT Maritime common stock held by such shareholder immediately prior to the Holdings Dividend. Each outstanding certificate for shares of DHT Maritime common stock became a certificate for the same number of shares of DHT common stock. As a result of the Holdings Dividend, share of DHT Maritime common stock became uncertificated. On March 22, 2010, DHT Maritime held a special meeting at which the shareholders of DHT Maritime approved a reverse stock split of 50,000,000-for-1 of the DHT Maritime common stock. As a result of such transaction, holders of DHT Maritime common stock received cash in lieu of fractional shares. On March 24, 2010, DHT Maritime and DHT executed a stock subscription agreement by which DHT Maritime issued one share of its common stock to DHT in exchange for 100,000 shares of the Preferred Stock. The reorganization is accounted for using the pooling of interest method. F-36 Table of Contents Note 16 - Acquisition of DHT Phoenix On December 8, 2010, DHT entered into an agreement to acquire a 1999 built VLCC for $55,000. DHT has paid a 10% deposit of $5,500 which has been deposited in a joint escrow account between DHT and the seller of the vessel. The vessel will be renamed DHT Phoenix and is expected to be delivered in the first quarter of 2011 at which time the full purchase price will be paid. The vessel is expected to be commercially operated in the Tankers International pool. The Company has a commitment to pay $49,500 upon delivery of the vessel. F-37 Table of Contents Note 17 - Events after the balance sheet date Dividend On January 13, 2011, DHT announced that it would pay a dividend of $0.10 per share on February 11, 2011 to shareholders of record as of February 4, 2011. Approval of financial statements The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorized for issue on January 31, 2011. F-38 Exhibit 1.2 DHT HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Corporation”) AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS Adopted October 8, 2010 ARTICLE I OFFICES AND RECORD Section 1.01. Address; Registered Agent. The registered address of the Corporation in the Republic of the Marshall Islands is Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, Marshall Islands MH96960. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent at such address is The Trust Company of the Marshall Islands, Inc. Section 1.02. Other Offices. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands, as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require. ARTICLE II SHAREHOLDERS Section 2.01. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held on such day and at such time and place within or without the Republic of the Marshall Islands as the Board may determine for the purpose of electing directors and/or transacting such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting. The Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, another person designated by the Board shall act as the Chairman of all annual meetings of shareholders. Section 2.02. Nature of Business at Annual Meetings of Shareholders. (a) No business may be transacted at an annual meeting of shareholders, other than business that is either (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof), (ii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the annual meeting by any shareholder of the Corporation (A) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 2.02 of this Article II and has remained a shareholder of record through the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 2.02(b) of this Article II. (b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual general meeting. In the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder must be given not later than ten days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. (c) To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must set forth, as to each matter such shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name and record address of such shareholder, (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such shareholder, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in such business and (v) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting. In addition, notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.02 of this Article II to the contrary, a shareholder intending to nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting must comply with Article III of these Bylaws for such nomination or nominations to be properly brought before such meeting. (d) No business shall be conducted at the annual meeting of shareholders except business brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article II; provided, however, that, once business has been properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with such procedures, nothing in this Article II shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any shareholder of any such business. If the chairman of an annual meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman of the meeting shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted. Section 2.03. Special Meeting. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, special meetings of the shareholders shall be called only in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Only such business as is specified in the notice of any special meeting of the shareholders shall come before such meeting. Section 2.04. Notice of Meetings. Notice of every annual and special meeting of shareholders, other than any meeting the giving of notice of which is otherwise provided by law, stating the date, time, place and purpose thereof, and in the case of special meetings, the name of the person or persons at whose direction the notice is being issued, shall be given personally or sent by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex or teleprinter at least fifteen (15) but not more than sixty (60) days before such meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote thereat and to each shareholder of record who, by reason of any action proposed at such meeting would be entitled to have his shares appraised if such action were taken, and the notice shall include a statement of that purpose and to that effect. If mailed, notice shall be deemed to have been given when deposited in the mail, directed to the shareholder at his address as the same appears on the record of shareholders of the Corporation or at such address as to which the shareholder has given notice to the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting prior to the conclusion thereof that he did not receive notice of such meeting. Section 2.05. Organization; Place of Meeting; Order of Business. (a) At every meeting of shareholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in such person’s absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of both of them, any vice president, shall act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officers or a vice president to act as Chairman, the Board, or if the Board fails to act, the shareholders may appoint any shareholder, director or officer of the Corporation to act as chairman of any meeting. any special meeting of the shareholders. If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation. (b) Either the Board or the Chairman of the Board may designate the place, if any, of meeting for any annual meeting or for the number of shares present in person or represented by proxy thereat, shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. (c) The order of business at all meetings of shareholders, unless otherwise determined by a vote of the holders of a majority of Section 2.06. Adjournments. Any meeting of shareholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the new meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after an adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record on the new record date entitled to notice in Section 2.04 of this Article II. 2 Section 2.07. Quorum. At all meetings of shareholders, except as otherwise expressly provided by law, there must be present either in person or by proxy shareholders of record holding at least a majority of the shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at such meetings in order to constitute a quorum, but if less than a quorum is present, a majority of those shares present either in person or by proxy shall have power to adjourn any meeting until a quorum shall be present. Section 2.08. Voting. If a quorum is present, and except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the Articles of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock Designation) or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of stock represented at the meeting shall be the act of the shareholders; provided, however, that directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote thereat. At any meeting of shareholders, with respect to a matter for which a shareholder is entitled to vote, each such shareholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share it holds. Each shareholder may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date such proxy was authorized unless otherwise provided in the proxy. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in the law of the Republic of the Marshall Islands to support an irrevocable power. A shareholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date with the Secretary of the Corporation. Any action required to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof. Section 2.09. Fixing of Record Date. The Board may fix a time not more than sixty (60) nor less than fifteen (15) days prior to the date of any meeting of shareholders as the time as of which shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at such a meeting shall be determined, and all persons who were holders of record of voting shares at such time and no others shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. The Board may fix a time not exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend, the making of any distribution, the allotment of any rights or the taking of any other action, as a record time for the determination of the shareholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, or allotment or for the purpose of such other action. ARTICLE III DIRECTORS Section 3.01. Powers; Number. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, which, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, shall consist of such number of directors as shall be fixed by a vote of not less than a majority of the entire Board or by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock from time to time. Each director shall serve his respective term of office until his successor shall have been elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The directors need not be residents of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or shareholders of the Corporation. As used in these Bylaws, the phrase “entire Board” means the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies or unfilled newly created directorships. Section 3.02. How Elected. Except as otherwise provided by law or in Section 3.05 of this Article III, the directors of the Corporation (other than the first Board if named in the Articles of Incorporation or designated by the incorporators) shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders. Each director shall be elected to serve until the third succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his term of office. Section 3.03. Nomination of Directors. (a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation with respect to the right of holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation to nominate and elect a specified number of directors in certain circumstances. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at any annual meeting of shareholders (i) by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorized committee thereof) or (ii) by any shareholder of the Corporation (A) who is a shareholder of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Section 3.03 of this Article III and on the record date for the determination of shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting and (B) who complies with the notice procedures set forth in Section 3.03(b) of this Article III. 3 (b) In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a shareholder, such shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one-hundred twenty (120) days prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of shareholders. In the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not within thirty (30) days before or after such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder must be given not later than ten days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. In the case of a special general meeting called for the purpose of electing directors, notice by the shareholder must be given not later than ten days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was mailed to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made. (c) To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation must set forth: (i) as to each person whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election as a director (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder applicable to issuers that are not foreign private issuers and (ii) as to the shareholder giving the notice (A) the name and record address of such shareholder, (B) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such shareholder, (C) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person and persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such shareholder, (D) a representation that such shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons named in its notice and (E) any other information relating to such shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each proposed nominee to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected. forth in this Section 3.03 of this Article III. If the chairman of the meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedures, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the nomination was defective and such defective nomination shall be disregarded. (d) No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set Section 3.04. Removal. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, directors may only be removed by the shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Any or all of the directors may be removed for cause by the shareholders, provided notice is given to such director(s) of the shareholders meeting convened to remove him or her provided such removal is approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote for those directors. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove such director(s) and must be served on him or her not less than fourteen days before such shareholders meeting. Any such director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his or her removal. No director may be removed without cause by either the shareholders or the Board of Directors. 4 Section 3.05. Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided by applicable law, vacancies in the Board shall be filled as provided for in the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation. Section 3.06. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board shall be held in such place and at such time as may be determined by resolution of the Board and no notice shall be required for any regular meeting. Except as otherwise provided by law, any business may be transacted at any regular meeting. Section 3.07. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board may, unless otherwise provided by law, be called from time to time by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the Board shall call a special meeting of the Board upon written request directed to either of them by any two directors stating the time, place and purpose of such special meeting. Special meetings of the Board shall be held in such place, on a date and at such time as may be designated in the notice thereof. Section 3.08. Notice of Special Meeting. Notice of the date, time and place of each special meeting of the Board shall be given to each director at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to such meeting, unless the notice is given orally or delivered in person, in which case it shall be given at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to such meeting. For the purpose of this Section 3.08, notice shall be deemed to be duly given to a director if given to him personally (including by telephone) or if such notice be delivered to such director by mail, telegraph, cablegram, telex or teleprinter to his last known address. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting, or who attends the meeting without protesting, prior to the conclusion thereof, the lack of notice to him. Section 3.09. Quorum. A whole number of directors equal to at least a majority of the directors at the time in office, present in person or by proxy or conference telephone, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If at any meeting of the Board there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. Section 3.10. Action By Consent of Board of Directors. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in accordance with applicable law; provided, however, that a majority of the members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, shall not be physically located in the same country when executing any consent pursuant to this Section 3.10. Section 3.11. Meetings by Conference Telephone. Members of the Board or any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting; provided, however, that a majority of the members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, shall not be physically located in the same country when acting pursuant to this Section 3.11. Section 3.12. Records. The Board shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board and of the shareholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary of the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept outside the Republic of the Marshall Islands at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require. Section 3.13. Interested Directors. No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his or her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (i) the material facts as to his or her relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, or, if the votes of the disinterested directors are insufficient to constitute an act of the Board as defined in Section 55 of the Marshall Islands Business Corporations Act, by unanimous vote of the disinterested directors, (ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof or the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction. 5 Section 3.14. Compensation of Directors and Members of Committees. The Board may from time to time, in its discretion, fix the amounts which shall be payable to members of the Board and to members of any committee, for attendance at the meetings of the Board or of such committee and for services rendered to the Corporation. ARTICLE IV Section 4.01. Committees. The Board may, by resolution or resolutions passed by a majority of the entire Board, designate from among its members one or more committees; provided, however, that no committee shall have the power or authority to (i) fill a vacancy in the Board or in a committee thereof, (ii) amend or repeal any Bylaw or adopt any new Bylaw, (iii) amend or repeal any resolution of the entire Board, (iv) increase the number of directors on the Board or (v) remove any director. The Board shall designate an Audit Committee, which shall at all times be comprised of at least two members that are considered “independent” under the rules of the stock exchange that the Corporation’s common stock is listed on. Initially, the entire Board shall be the audit committee. Members of any committee shall hold office for such period as may be prescribed by the vote of the entire Board, subject, however, to removal at any time by the vote of the Board. Vacancies in membership of such committees shall be filled by vote of the Board. Committees may adopt their own rules of procedure and may meet at stated times or on such notice as they may determine. Each committee shall keep a record of its proceedings and report the same to the Board when required. ARTICLE V OFFICERS Section 5.01. Number and Designation. The Board shall appoint a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary and such other officers as it may deem necessary. Officers may be of any nationality and need not be residents of the Republic of the Marshall Islands; provided, however, that all major decisions of the officers shall be made in Jersey, the Channel Islands. The officers shall be appointed by the Board at its first meeting following the appointment of directors, (except that the initial officers may be named by the Board at its first meeting following such Board’s appointment in the Articles of Incorporation or as designated by the incorporators) but in the event of the failure of the Board to so appoint any officer, such officer may be elected at any subsequent meeting of the Board. The salaries of officers and any other compensation paid to them shall be fixed from time to time by the Board. The Board may at any meeting appoint additional officers. Each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly appointed and qualified except in the event of the earlier termination of his term of office, through death, resignation, removal or otherwise. Any officer may be removed by the Board at any time with or without cause. Any vacancy in an office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of such office by the Board at any regular or special meeting. Section 5.02. Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board or an appointee of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall preside at all meetings of the Board and of the shareholders at which he or she shall be present. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform all duties incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer of a corporation and such other duties as may, from time to time, be assigned to him or her by the Board or as may be provided by law. 6 Section 5.03. Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall have general supervision over the care and custody of the funds, securities, and other valuable effects of the Corporation and shall deposit the same or cause the same to be deposited in the name of the Corporation in such depositories as the Board may designate, shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board, shall have supervision over the accounts of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation, shall, whenever required by the Board, render or cause to be rendered financial statements of the Corporation, shall have the power and perform the duties usually incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer and shall have such powers and perform other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or Chief Executive Officer. Section 5.04. Secretary. The Secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board at which he is present, shall have supervision over the giving and serving of notices of the Corporation, shall be the custodian of the corporate records and of the corporate seal of the Corporation, shall be empowered to affix the corporate seal to those documents, the execution of which, on behalf of the Corporation under its seal, is duly authorized and when so affixed may attest the same, and shall exercise the powers and perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. Section 5.05. Other Officers. Officers other than those treated in Sections 5.02 through 5.04 of this Article V shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to them by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. Section 5.06. Bond. The Board shall have power to the extent permitted by law to require any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation to give bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such form and with such surety as the Board may deem advisable. ARTICLE VI CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES Section 6.01. Form and Issuance. (a) Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate in form meeting the requirements of law and approved by the Board that certifies the number of shares owned by him or her in the Corporation. Certificates shall be signed by (i) the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman of the board and (ii) by the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer or any Assistant Financial Officer. These signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar other than the Corporation itself or its employee. (b) For each class or series of stock that the Corporation shall be authorized to issue, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent each class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by the Business Corporation Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each shareholder that so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences or rights. Section 6.02. Transfer. The Board shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issuance, registration and transfer of certificates representing shares of the Corporation’s stock, and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof. Section 6.03. Loss of Stock Certificates. The Board may direct a new certificate of stock to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost or destroyed. 7 Section 6.04. Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares. The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation may also be evidenced by uncertificated shares of stock, whether upon original issuance, re-issue, or subsequent transfer in such form as the appropriate officer of the Corporation may from time to time prescribe. The Board shall by resolution designate the classes of the Corporation’s securities that may be represented by uncertificated shares. ARTICLE VII DIVIDENDS Section 7.01. Declaration and Form. Dividends may be declared in conformity with law by, and at the discretion of, the Board at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be declared and paid in cash, stock or other property of the Corporation. ARTICLE VIII NEGOTIABLE INSTRUMENTS, CONTRACTS, ETC. Section 8.01. Signatures on Checks, Etc. All checks, drafts, bills of exchange, notes or other instruments or orders for the payment of money or evidences of indebtedness shall be signed for or in the name of the Corporation by at least two officers, or an officer and Corporation employee, as the Board may from time to time designate by resolution. Section 8.02. Execution of Contracts. The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or any vice president, and any other officer or officers that the Board may designate shall have full authority in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instruments or notes, or other evidences of indebtedness unless such authority shall be limited by the Board to specific instances. Section 8.03. Bank Accounts. All funds of the Corporation shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board may select or as may be selected by any two officers or agents of the Corporation to whom such power may from time to time be delegated by the Board. ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION Section 9.01. Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (a “Covered Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or a witness in or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, claim, inquiry or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (including an action by or in the right of the Corporation) and whether formal or informal (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered, and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred, by such Covered Person in connection with such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.03, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify or advance expenses to a Covered Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Covered Person (and not by way of defense) only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Covered Person (i) was authorized in the specific case by the Board, or (ii) was brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under these Bylaws, the Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation, any agreement, the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands or otherwise. 8 Section 9.02. Prepayment of Expenses. The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by a Covered Person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party to or a witness in or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, nonprofit entity or other entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Covered Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise. Section 9.03. Claims. If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within thirty days after a written claim therefor by the Covered Person has been presented to the Corporation, the Covered Person may file suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In addition, the Covered Person may file suit against the Corporation to establish a right to indemnification or advancement of expenses. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving by clear and convincing evidence that the Covered Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law. Section 9.04. Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any Covered Person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Covered Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. Section 9.05. Other Sources. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or to advance expenses to any Covered Person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity shall be reduced to the extent such Covered Person has otherwise actually received payment (under any insurance policy or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise payable by the Corporation. Section 9.06. Amendment or Repeal. Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Covered Person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification. Section 9.07. Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses. This Article IX shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Covered Persons when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action. Section 9.08. Insurance. The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such capacity whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability by law or under the provisions of these Bylaws. ARTICLE X GENERAL PROVISIONS Section 10.01. Form. The Seal of the Corporation, if any, shall be circular in form, with the name of the Corporation in the circumference and such other appropriate legend as the Board may from time to time determine. Section 10.02. Resignation and Removal of Officers and Directors. Any director or officer of the Corporation may resign as such at any time by giving written notice to the Board or to the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation, and any member of any committee may resign by giving notice either as aforesaid or to the committee of which he is a member or to the chairman thereof. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time be not specified, upon receipt thereof; and unless otherwise specified therein, acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. 9 Section 10.03. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be such period of twelve consecutive months as the Board may by resolution designate. Initially, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year. Section 10.04. Amendments. These Bylaws may be amended, added to, altered or repealed, or new Bylaws may be adopted, solely at any regular or special meeting of the Board by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board. Section 10.05. Savings Clause. These Bylaws are subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation and applicable law. If any provision of these Bylaws is inconsistent with the Business Corporations Act of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, such provision shall be invalid only to the extent of such conflict, and such conflict shall not affect the validity of any other provision of these Bylaws. 10 Exhibit 4.11 This employment agreement (the “Agreement”) has been made on this 10 January, 2011, by and between: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 1. DHT Management AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway having its registered office at Haakon VII’s gt 1, Oslo, Norway (“Employer”), and Svein Moxnes Harfjeld, an individual having his address in Storengveien 62 D, 1368 Stabekk, Norway (“Executive”). WHEREAS A. B. C. The Employer is party to a service agreement dated 31st January 2006 as subsequently amended (the “Service Agreement”) with its parent company DHT Holdings Inc. (the “Parent Company”) whereby the Employer has agreed to provide services to the Parent Company within the areas of financial reporting, management and control as well as certain other management and administrative services; Employer desires to employ Executive as its Managing Director; Executive is willing to serve in the employ of Employer upon the other terms and conditions of this Agreement. Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. EMPLOYMENT 1.1 Effectiveness This Agreement shall become effective when executed. 1.2 Commencement The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on 1 September 2010, or such date as the parties shall agree (the “Commencement Date”), and shall remain until terminated by one of the parties. 1.3 Position The Executive shall serve as Managing Director of the Employer and shall together with Trygve P. Munthe oversee the daily administration and management of the Employer. He is obliged to comply with all applicable laws and regulations pertaining to the position as Managing Director. The Executive shall together with Trygve P.Munthe be responsible for leading and overseeing the provision of services by the Employer to the Parent Company pursuant to the Service Agreement. The Employer may instruct Executive to accept appointments to the Boards of the Employer’s affiliated companies. Upon termination of employment, Executive shall simultaneously withdraw from such appointments. 1.4 Time and Effort Executive shall serve Employer faithfully, loyally, honestly and to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s business time to the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Employer. Executive shall be employed full time with working hours as determined by Employer at any time. Executive is exempt from the ordinary rules concerning working hours in the Employment Act of 17 June 2005 No. 62, cf. the Employment Act section 10-12, and shall work the amount of time necessary to fulfil the position satisfactory. Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any employment, board positions or other activity that, in the sole discretion of the Board, is competitive with or adverse to the business, practice or affairs of Employer or any of its affiliates, provided that Executive may serve on civic or charitable boards or committees and serve as a non-employee member of a board of directors of a corporation as to which the Board has given its consent. New Directorships shall be approved by the Chairman of the Board of the Parent Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. A complete list of directorships currently held by the Executive is attached to this Agreement as Attachment 1. 1.5 Location and Travel Executive’s place of work shall be Employer’s offices in Oslo, Norway. Executive acknowledges and agrees that his duties and responsibilities to Employer will require him to travel extensively and worldwide from time to time, including to the offices of the Parent Company in the Channel Islands. 2. COMPENSATION 2.1 Salary As compensation for all services rendered by Executive to Employer and all its affiliates in any capacity and for all other obligations of Executive hereunder, Employer shall as from the Commencement Date pay Executive a salary (“Salary”) at the annual rate of NOK 3,780,000, i.e. NOK 315,000 per month. The salary includes compensation for work exceeding ordinary working hours. Holiday allowance is, in accordance with Employer’s practice, paid in lieu of salary in June each year. The Salary is payable monthly net of statutory tax deductions, currently on the 20th of each calendar month, to a bank account specified by Executive. On an individual basis, the Executive will in case of sickness receive base Salary as set out above for a period of up to 12 months, provided that the Executive is entitled to sick pay according to the National Insurance Act for the same period. When effecting payment, deduction shall be made for benefits recoverable from the National Insurance and / or insurance payment, if any. Compensation according to this paragraph shall not be included in the calculation of holiday allowance. Executive is not entitled to separate compensation for the board positions performed in accordance with Clause 1.3 above unless agreed with the Board. Executive is entitled to have his salary reviewed, and where appropriate, adjusted annually with the first such review to take place in January 2012. 2.2 Insurance and pension The Employer will, and subject to the Executive qualifying for a regular insurance policy, arrange for an individual life insurance scheme according to which the insurance sum for the beneficiaries (spouse or heir) will be up to a maximum of NOK 5,000,000, subject to the at any time applicable terms. The Employer shall also, to the extent that this is possible and subject to the terms applicable, include the Executive in the Employer’s current insurance for the board of directors. The Employer will establish a collective occupational pension scheme (“tjenestepensjonsordning”) that will provide pension on salaries up to 12 times the Norwegian Insurance Scheme’s base amount (“Grunnbeløpet”). The pension scheme will include all employees employed by the Employer. 2 In addition, the Employer shall enter into a savings insurance agreement (“top hat insurance”) with a Norwegian life insurance company. The premium shall be fixed at NOK 20,000 per month and shall be paid until the Executive reaches 67 years, provided that he is employed by the Employer. The premium payments shall be taken into consideration when considering the cash (bonus) award under clause 2.4. If the Executive has committed serious breach of his obligations under the employment relation in a way that would give the Employer a right to dismiss him with immediate effect, cf. the Working Environment Act, section 14-15, the Executive’s future rights under this clause 2.2 shall lapse with immediate effect. The Employer is not liable for any tax payable by the Executive on the Employer’s premium or pension payments under this Agreement. 2.3 Long Term Incentives The Executive is entitled to participate in the Long Term Incentive awards under the Group Incentive Compensation Plan applicable at any time. The Long term Incentive plan is meant to be an important part of total Executive Compensation. 2.4 Cash Bonus Awards The Executive may receive a discretionary cash bonus award which is determined annually by the Board on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. The annual cash bonus award will range from 0 % to a maximum of 100 % of the annual salary. The level of the bonus will be guided by the performance in respect to annual KPIs to be agreed with the board; as a guide the target compensation for each year under this Agreement is intended to be a bonus of 50 % of annual salary. Bonus, if any, is to be paid out for the first time in 2012 (for the period September 2010 to December 2011, i.e. 16 months). The Employers payment to the additional pension saving paid to the Norwegian life insurance company as described in clause 2.2 above shall be taken into consideration when considering annual bonus under this clause. To the extent cash bonus shall be included in the calculation of holiday allowance according to mandatory law, the cash bonus includes mandatory holiday allowance set out by Norwegian law. However, the amount of the cash bonus that equals the holiday allowance is, in accordance with the Holiday Act, payable in the year following the qualifying year, i.e. the holiday year. 2.5 Vacation Executive is entitled to holiday and holiday allowances in accordance with the Act of 29 April 1988 No. 21 relating to holidays and Employer’s rules from time to time in force. 2.6 Business Expenses Employer shall reimburse Executive for all necessary and reasonable “out-of-pocket” business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, provided that Executive furnishes to Employer adequate records and other documentary evidence required to substantiate such expenditures and otherwise complies with any travel and expense reimbursement policy established by the Board from time to time. 2.7 Withholdings / deductions from salary etc. Employer and its affiliates may withhold or deduct from any amounts payable under this Agreement such taxes, fees, contributions and other amounts as may be required to be withheld or deducted pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. 3 Deductions from salary, bonus and holiday allowance may be made only in so far as these are permitted by section 14-15 (2) of the Employment Act, hereunder in; a. b. c. d. e. amounts paid to Executive as advance on salary; incorrectly paid salary, holiday allowance, bonus etc; amounts received as advance on travel or business expenses; where amounts, salary etc. have been paid in advance on the condition that the Employer would be reimbursed by the National Insurance etc. and no reimbursement is given; the value of any property belonging to the Employer which is not returned upon termination of the employment, or which is returned in a damaged condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. 3. TERMINATION 3.1 General Upon termination of employment, Executive shall return to Employer all property in his possession, custody or control belonging to Employer, including but not limited to business cards, credit and charge cards, keys, security and computer passes, mobile telephones, personal computer equipment, original and copy documents or other media on which information is held in his possession relating to the business or affairs of the Employer. 3.2 Exemption from the rules regarding termination etc. The Executive is exempt from the rules regarding termination of employment in the Employment Act, including chapter 15, see section 15-16 subsection 2. The exemption applies regardless of whether the Executive is entitled to severance pay / compensation, whether the employment is terminated with notice or with immediate effect, the reason for termination and whether termination / notice is given by the Employer or the Executive. In the event that Executive’s employment with Employer is terminated, at any time and for any reason, Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation, payments or any other benefits under this Agreement or any other contract, plan, policy or arrangement with Employer or its affiliates, except as follow from Norwegian mandatory statutory requirements or as set forth in this Section 3. The Employer may terminate the employment with immediate effect (summary dismissal) if the Executive is guilty a gross breach of duty or other serious breach of the contract of employment. 3.3 Probationary period and notice period This Agreement has a probationary period of 6 months. During the probationary period, the mutual term of notice shall be 14 days. If the Executive has been absent from work during the probationary period, the probationary period shall be extended accordingly. The Employer shall inform the Executive of the extension in writing prior to the expiry of the probationary period. After the probationary period has expired, the mutual period of notice is 6 months, calculated from the first day of the calendar month immediately following the date upon which notice was given. The Executive is obliged to resign with immediate effect prior to the end of the notice period if this is considered to be in the interest of the Employer and if requested by the Employer. The right to salary and other contractual benefits during the notice period will not be affected. 3.4 Accrued Rights Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer, whether by Employer or Executive, at any time and for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (a) Salary earned through the effective date of termination (i.e. end of Notice Period) that remains unpaid as of such date and (b) reimbursement of any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive prior to the effective date of termination to the extent such expenses are reimbursable under Section 2.6 (all such amounts, the “Accrued Rights”). 4 3.5 Compensation in case of Termination by Employer after the expiry of the Probationary period Other Than for Cause Executive shall have the right to compensation (“Severance payment”) in accordance with the provisions mentioned below in case of termination by the Employer after the expiry of the Probationary period other than for Cause. a. b. c. d. If Employer elects to terminate Executive’s employment for any reason other than Cause (as defined below) Employer shall continue to pay Executive’s base monthly salary as set out in 2.1 (Severance payment) in arrears on a monthly basis for eighteen -18- months from the month immediately following the expiry of the notice period. Severance payment in this Section 3 does not form the basis for holiday pay or pension benefits. When effecting payment, deduction shall be made for tax and social benefits as prescribed by law. Executive’s rights under this clause 3.5 are subject to the following conditions: (i) that Executive signs a employment termination agreement with the Employer under which the Executive agrees not to dispute a possible dismissal on the part of the Employer or the terms and conditions for such a dismissal, and waives any and all claims against the Employer, the Parent Company and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives in form and substance acceptable to Employer in relation to Executive’s resignation, and (ii) that the Executive immediately complies with any request from Employer to actually terminate Executive’s employment and/or is released from the duty to work and/or to perform other duties. In the case of such actual termination, the provisions in clause 2.1 on salary shall apply in full for the rest of the notice period. Executive shall forfeit any entitlement to receive payments due under this clause 3.5 in the event that Executive breaches any of his obligations under Section 4. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s dishonesty or breach of any fiduciary duty to Employer in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, fraud, dishonesty, theft, unethical business conduct or conduct that impairs the reputation of Employer or any of its affiliates or any felony (or the equivalent thereof in any jurisdiction), (iii) Executive’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct in connection with Executive’s duties hereunder or any act or omission that is injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of Employer or any of its affiliates, (iv) the Executive’s gross breach of duty or other serious breach of this Agreement. The right to Severance payment shall not apply if the Executive is entitled to old age or disability pension from the expiry of the notice period. If the Executive is entitled to old age or disability pension during the period that he receives Severance payment according to this clause 3.5, the right to Severance payment shall lapse from the date that the right to old age or disability pension commences. 3.6 Change of Control a. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive for Good Reason within six months following a Change of Control, Executive shall in addition to ordinary salary during the notice period, receive Severance payment equivalent to 18 months’ Salary, see clause 2.1. Severance payment pursuant to this Clause shall be payable in arrears in equal monthly instalments on the Employer’s pay day from the month immediately following the expiry of the notice period. Severance pay according to this clause shall not form basis for holiday pay or pension benefits. The right to Severance pay shall not apply in case of the Executive’s gross breach of duty or other serious breach of this Agreement. When effecting payment, deduction shall be made for tax and social benefits as prescribed by law. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to 100 % bonus in accordance with clause 2.4 for the actual period he has worked that year and all granted, but not yet vested shares shall vest immediately and become exercisable. 5 b. For purposes of this Agreement, the term (i) “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: A. the consummation of 1. 2. similar statutory a merger, consolidation, form of corporate exchange or transaction involving (x) Parent Company or (y) any entity in which Parent Company, directly or indirectly, possesses 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of its stock, but in the case of this clause (y) only if Parent Company Voting Securities (as defined below) are connection with such transaction (each of the transactions referred to in this clause (1) being hereinafter referred to as a “Reorganization”) or issued or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all Company to an entity that is not an affiliate (a “Sale”) the assets of the Parent of jurisdiction in either case, if such Reorganization or Sale requires the approval of Parent Company’s stockholders under the law of the Parent Company’s (whether such approval is required for such Reorganization or Sale or for the issuance of securities of the Parent Company in such Reorganization or Sale), unless, immediately following such Reorganization or Sale, (I) all or substantially all the individuals and entities who were the “beneficial owners” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (or a successor rule thereto)) of the Shares or other securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (collectively, the “Parent Company Voting Securities”) outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization or Sale beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such Reorganization or Sale (including, without limitation, an entity that as a result of such transaction owns Parent Company or all or substantially all the Parent Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) substantially the same proportions as their ownership, consummation of such Reorganization or Sale, of the outstanding Parent Company Voting Securities (excluding any outstanding voting securities of the Continuing Entity that such beneficial owners hold immediately following the consummation of the Reorganization or Sale as a result of their ownership prior to such consummation of voting securities of any entity involved Reorganization or Sale other Company and its affiliates) and (II) no Person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50 % or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Continuing Entity immediately following the consummation of such Reorganization or Sale; (the “Continuing Entity”) forming part of immediately in or prior B. the stockholders of Parent Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Parent Company; or 6 share issuable in organization in to the such than Parent the C. any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, respectively) (other than Employer or an affiliate) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Parent Company representing 50% or more of the then outstanding Parent Company Voting Securities; provided that for purposes of this subparagraph (C), any acquisition directly from Parent Company shall not constitute a Change of Control. (ii) shall mean duties reduction functions, (B) a the in or in “Good Reason” occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances (without the prior written consent of Executive): (A) a material reduction of Executive’s authority or a material change Executive’s responsibilities, Executive’s Salary, (C) a requirement that the Executive report to anyone other than the Board, (D) that the change of control, as defined above, leads to a material change of the business of the Employer or the Parent Company, (E) that the change of control, as defined above, leads to investments, divestments or other material decisions based on other criteria than before the change of control or (F) a breach by Employer of any material obligation of Employer under this Agreement (which breach has not been cured within 30 days after written notice thereof is provided to Employer by Executive specifically identifying such breach in reasonable detail). 4. EXECUTIVE COVENANTS 4.1 Employer’s Interests Executive acknowledges that Employer has expended substantial amounts of time, money and effort to develop business strategies, substantial customer and supplier relationships, goodwill, business and trade secrets, confidential information and intellectual property and to build an efficient organization and that Employer has a legitimate business interest and right in protecting those assets as well as any similar assets that Employer may develop or obtain following the Commencement Date. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions imposed upon Executive under this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of such assets and that the restrictions set forth in this Agreement will not prevent Executive from earning an adequate and reasonable livelihood and supporting his dependents without violating any provision of this Agreement. Executive further acknowledges that Employer would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement without Executive’s agreeing to enter into, and to honour the provisions and covenants of, this Section 4. Therefore, Executive agrees that, in consideration of Employer’s entering into this Agreement and Employer’s obligations hereunder and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by Executive, Executive shall be bound by, and agrees to honour and comply with, the provisions and covenants contained in this Section 4 following the Commencement Date. 4.2 Scope of Covenants For purposes of this Section 4, the term “Employer” includes Employer’s affiliates, and its and their predecessors, successors and assigns. 4.3 Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information a. Executive acknowledges that, in the performance of his duties as an employee of Employer, Executive may be given access to Confidential Information (as defined below). Executive agrees that all Confidential Information has been, is and will be the sole property of Employer and/or the Parent Company and that Executive has no right, title or interest therein. Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose or cause or permit to be disclosed to any person, or utilize or cause or permit to be utilized, by any person, any Confidential Information acquired pursuant to Executive’s employment with Employer (whether acquired prior to or subsequent to the execution of this Agreement or the Commencement Date) or otherwise, except that Executive may (i) utilize and disclose Confidential Information as required in the discharge of Executive’s duties as an employee of Employer in good faith, subject to any restriction, limitation or condition placed on such use or disclosure by Employer and/or the Parent Company, and (ii) disclose Confidential Information to the extent required by applicable law or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction. 7 b. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall include , but not be limited to, trade secrets and confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data that is or will be used, developed, obtained or owned by Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates relating to the business, operations, products or services of Employer, Parent Company or any such affiliate or of any customer, supplier, employee or independent contractor thereof, including products, services, fees, pricing, designs, marketing plans, strategies, analyses, forecasts, formulas, drawings, photographs, reports, records, computer software (whether or not owned by, or designed for, Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates), operating systems, applications, program listings, flow charts, manuals, documentation, data, databases, specifications, technology, inventions, developments, methods, improvements, techniques, devices, products, know-how, processes, financial data, customer or supplier lists, contact persons, cost information, regulatory matters, employee information, accounting and business methods, trade secrets, copyrightable works and information with respect to any supplier, customer, employee or independent contractor of Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates in each case whether patentable or unpatentable, whether or not reduced to writing or other tangible medium of expression and whether or not reduced to practice, and all similar and related information in any form; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally known to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Executive in breach of this Agreement or in breach of any similar covenant made by Executive or any other duty of confidentiality. 4.4 Intellectual property All intellectual property rights, including patentable inventions, trademarks, design rights or copyrights, that are created or developed by the Executive during the course of his employment with the Employer shall fully and wholly devolve upon the Employer. The same applies to similar creations that are not legally protected by patent, copyright or similar but that the Employer has an interest in employing. The Employer shall have an unrestricted, exclusive and gratuitous right to exploit such intellectual property rights and creations. Such intellectual property rights and creations shall without exception be deemed to have been created or developed in the course of the Executive’s employment if the exploitation of the right or creation falls within the scope of the Employer’s business. This applies notwithstanding that the Executive has created or developed the right outside working hours or outside the Employer’s premises. The Executive shall of his own accord inform the Employer of any rights that may fall within the scope of this clause, unless it is obvious that the Employer is already aware of the right. This clause shall not limit or restrict the Executive’s rights pursuant to any mandatory statutory provision of Norwegian law, including the Act relating to Employee Inventions of 17 April 1970 No. 21 and the Copyright Act of 15 December 1967 No. 9. 4.5 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation a. For the Restricted Period (as defined below) and subject to any limitations set by Norwegian law, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Board: (i) (ii) engage in any activity or business, whether as employee or in any other capacity, or establish any new business, in any location that is involved with the voyage chartering or time chartering of crude oil tankers, including assisting any person in any way to do, or attempt to do, any of the foregoing; solicit any person that is a customer or client or has been a customer or client for the last 12 months (or prospective customer or client) of Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates to purchase any goods or services of the type sold by Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates from any person other than Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates or to (A) reduce or refrain from doing (or otherwise change the terms or conditions of) any business with Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates, (B) interfere with or damage (or attempt to interfere with or damage) any relationship between Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates and their respective employees, customers, clients, vendors or suppliers (or any person that Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates have approached or have made significant plans to approach as a prospective employee, customer, client, vendor or supplier) or any governmental authority or any agent or representative thereof or (C) assist any person in any way to do, or attempt to do, any of the foregoing; or 8 b. c. d. e. 4.6 Records (iii) form, or acquire a two (2%) percent or greater equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in, any Competitor. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Restricted Period” shall mean a period commencing on the Commencement Date and terminating one year from the date the employment ceases, regardless of the reason why the employment ceases. The Restricted Period shall be tolled during (and shall be deemed automatically extended by) any period in which Executive is in violation of this Section 4.5. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competitor” means any person that engages in any activity, or owns or controls a significant interest in any person that engages in any activity, in the voyage chartering and time chartering of crude oil tankers; provided that a Competitor shall not include any person who the Board has deemed, through its prior written approval, not to be a Competitor. If the Executive resigns to join another potentially competing business as defined in 4.5 a., he shall in writing inform the Chairman of the Board of the Parent Company accordingly, The Board shall then within 5 working days respond to this in writing, stating whether or not the Employer wants to invoke its non-compete rights according to this clause 4.5 a. If the Board elects to use its non-compete rights, then the Executive shall receive full salary and benefits, but no cash bonus or further long term incentive awards, during the entire Restricted Period. In the event of breach of the Executive’s duties in this Section 4.5, the Employer may demand that the breach ceases immediately and that the Executive upon request and at the absolute discretion of the Employer pays liquidated damages in the amount equal to one - 1 - month’s base salary, for every month or part of a month that he acts in breach of the prohibitions. In addition, the right to compensation pursuant to this Section and severance pay, if any, according to Section 3 shall lapse from the day the Executive acted in breach of this Section 4.5. Payment of liquidated damages and/or damages does not exempt the Executive from complying with the provisions of this Section 4.5. All memoranda, books, records, documents, papers, plans, information, letters, computer software and hardware, electronic records and other data relating to Confidential Information, whether prepared by Executive or otherwise, in Executive’s possession shall be and remain the exclusive property of Employer and/or the Parent Company, and Executive shall not directly or indirectly assert any interest or property rights therein. Upon termination of employment with Employer for any reason, and upon the request of Employer at any time, Executive will immediately deliver to Employer all such memoranda, books, records, documents, papers, plans, information, letters, computer software and hardware, electronic records and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, and Executive will not retain, or cause or permit to be retained, any copies or other embodiments of such materials. 4.7 Executive Representations and Warranties Executive represents and warrants to Employer that the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive and the performance by Executive of Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, or conflict with the terms of any contract, agreement, arrangement, policy or understanding to which Executive is a party or otherwise bound. 9 4.8 Cooperation Following the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall provide reasonable assistance to and cooperation with Employer in connection with any suit, action or proceeding (or any appeal therefrom) relating to acts or omissions that occurred during the period of Executive’s employment with Employer. Employer shall reimburse Executive for any reasonable expenses, including time, incurred by Executive in connection with the provision of such assistance and cooperation. 5. AGE OF RETIREMENT 5.1 The retirement age for the position shall be 67 years. 6. MISCELLANEOUS 6.1 Assignment This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assignable by Executive. The parties agree that any attempt by Executive to delegate Executive’s duties hereunder shall be null and void. Employer may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations thereunder, in whole or in part, to any person that is an affiliate, or a successor in interest to substantially all the business or assets, of Employer or Parent Company. Upon such assignment, the rights and obligations of Employer hereunder shall become the rights and obligations of such affiliate or successor person, and Executive agrees that Employer shall be released and novated from any and all further liability hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Employer” shall mean Employer as hereinbefore defined in the recitals to this Agreement and any permitted assignee to which this Agreement is assigned. 6.2 Successors This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of Employer and the personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, distributees, devisees and legatees of Executive. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Executive’s covenants and obligations to Employer, as well as the rights of Employer under this Agreement, shall run in favour of and will be enforceable by Employer, its affiliates and their successors and permitted assigns. 6.3 Entire Agreement This Agreement and its attachments contain the entire understanding of Executive, on the one hand, and Employer on the other hand, with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all oral or written agreements or representations, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof are set forth in this Agreement. 6.4 Amendment This Agreement may not be altered, modified or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto. 10 6.5 Notice All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the other party as set forth below: If to Employer: If to Executive: DHT Management AS P.O. Box 2039 Vika, 0125 Oslo, Norway. Attn: Board of Directors Storengveien 620 1368 Stabekk, Norway The parties may change the address to which notices under this Agreement shall be sent by providing written notice to the other in the manner specified above. 6.6 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Norway, and both Employer and Executive submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Oslo District Court in all matters arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. 6.7 Severability If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision, covenant or condition shall, as to such jurisdiction, be modified or restricted to the extent necessary to make such provision valid, binding and enforceable, or, if such provision cannot be modified or restricted, then such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed to be excised from this Agreement and any such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability with respect to such provision shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction, and the remainder of the provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. 6.8 Survival Subject to Section 1.1 the rights and obligations of Employer and Executive under the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4 and 5 of this Agreement, shall survive and remain binding and enforceable, notwithstanding any termination of Executive’s employment with Employer for any reason, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. 6.9 No Waiver The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. 6.10 Counterparts This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. 11 6.11 Construction a. b. c. d. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of the provisions of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the words “include” and “including”, and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “person” means any individual, partnership, company, corporation or other entity of any kind. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “affiliate”, with respect to any person, means any other person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above. For and on behalf of DHT MANAGEMENT AS /s/ Rolf A.Wikborg Name: Rolf A.Wikborg Title: Chair Comp. Comm. /s/ Svein Moxnes Harfjeld Svein Moxnes Harfjeld 12 Exhibit 4.12 This employment agreement (the “Agreement”) has been made on this 10 January, 2011, by and between: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT 1. DHT Management AS, a company incorporated under the laws of Norway having its registered office at Haakon VII’s gt 1, Oslo, Norway (“Employer”), and Trygve P. Munthe, an individual having his address in Lille Borgen vei 11, 0370 Oslo, Norway (“Executive”). WHEREAS A. B. C. The Employer is party to a service agreement dated 31st January 2006 as subsequently amended (the “Service Agreement”) with its parent company DHT Holdings Inc. (the “Parent Company”) whereby the Employer has agreed to provide services to the Parent Company within the areas of financial reporting, management and control as well as certain other management and administrative services; Employer desires to employ Executive as its Managing Director; Executive is willing to serve in the employ of Employer upon the other terms and conditions of this Agreement. Now, therefore, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. EMPLOYMENT 1.1 Effectiveness This Agreement shall become effective when executed. 1.2 Commencement The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall commence on 1 September 2010, or such date as the parties shall agree (the “Commencement Date”), and shall remain until terminated by one of the parties. 1.3 Position The Executive shall serve as Managing Director of the Employer and shall together with Svein Moxnes Harfjeld oversee the daily administration and management of the Employer. He is obliged to comply with all applicable laws and regulations pertaining to the position as Managing Director. The Executive shall together with Svein Moxnes Harfjeld be responsible for leading and overseeing the provision of services by the Employer to the Parent Company pursuant to the Service Agreement. The Employer may instruct Executive to accept appointments to the Boards of the Employer’s affiliated companies. Upon termination of employment, Executive shall simultaneously withdraw from such appointments. 1.4 Time and Effort Executive shall serve Employer faithfully, loyally, honestly and to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive shall devote substantially all of Executive’s business time to the performance of Executive’s duties on behalf of Employer. Executive shall be employed full time with working hours as determined by Employer at any time. Executive is exempt from the ordinary rules concerning working hours in the Employment Act of 17 June 2005 No. 62, cf. the Employment Act section 10-12, and shall work the amount of time necessary to fulfil the position satisfactory. Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, engage in any employment, board positions or other activity that, in the sole discretion of the Board, is competitive with or adverse to the business, practice or affairs of Employer or any of its affiliates, provided that Executive may serve on civic or charitable boards or committees and serve as a non-employee member of a board of directors of a corporation as to which the Board has given its consent. New Directorships shall be approved by the Chairman of the Board of the Parent Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. A complete list of directorships currently held by the Executive is attached to this Agreement as Attachment 1. 1.5 Location and Travel Executive’s place of work shall be Employer’s offices in Oslo, Norway. Executive acknowledges and agrees that his duties and responsibilities to Employer will require him to travel extensively and worldwide from time to time, including to the offices of the Parent Company in the Channel Islands. 2. COMPENSATION 2.1 Salary As compensation for all services rendered by Executive to Employer and all its affiliates in any capacity and for all other obligations of Executive hereunder, Employer shall as from the Commencement Date pay Executive a salary (“Salary”) at the annual rate of NOK 3,150,000, i.e. NOK 262,500 per month. The salary includes compensation for work exceeding ordinary working hours. Holiday allowance is, in accordance with Employer’s practice, paid in lieu of salary in June each year. The Salary is payable monthly net of statutory tax deductions, currently on the 20th of each calendar month, to a bank account specified by Executive. On an individual basis, the Executive will in case of sickness receive base Salary as set out above for a period of up to 12 months, provided that the Executive is entitled to sick pay according to the National Insurance Act for the same period. When effecting payment, deduction shall be made for benefits recoverable from the National Insurance and / or insurance payment, if any. Compensation according to this paragraph shall not be included in the calculation of holiday allowance. Executive is not entitled to separate compensation for the board positions performed in accordance with Clause 1.3 above unless agreed with the Board. Executive is entitled to have his salary reviewed, and where appropriate, adjusted annually with the first such review to take place in January 2012. 2.2 Insurance and pension The Employer will, and subject to the Executive qualifying for a regular insurance policy, arrange for an individual life insurance scheme according to which the insurance sum for the beneficiaries (spouse or heir) will be up to a maximum of NOK 5,000,000, subject to the at any time applicable terms. The Employer shall also, to the extent that this is possible and subject to the terms applicable, include the Executive in the Employer’s current insurance for the board of directors. The Employer will establish a collective occupational pension scheme (“tjenestepensjonsordning”) that will provide pension on salaries up to 12 times the Norwegian Insurance Scheme’s base amount (“Grunnbeløpet”). The pension scheme will include all employees employed by the Employer. 2 In addition, the Employer shall enter into a savings insurance agreement (“top hat insurance”) with a Norwegian life insurance company. The premium shall be fixed at NOK 25,000 per month and shall be paid until the Executive reaches 67 years, provided that he is employed by the Employer. The premium payments shall be taken into consideration when considering the cash (bonus) award under clause 2.4. If the Executive has committed serious breach of his obligations under the employment relation in a way that would give the Employer a right to dismiss him with immediate effect, cf. the Working Environment Act, section 14-15, the Executive’s future rights under this clause 2.2 shall lapse with immediate effect. The Employer is not liable for any tax payable by the Executive on the Employer’s premium or pension payments under this Agreement. 2.3 Long Term Incentives The Executive is entitled to participate in the Long Term Incentive awards under the Group Incentive Compensation Plan applicable at any time. The Long term Incentive plan is meant to be an important part of total Executive Compensation. 2.4 Cash Bonus Awards The Executive may receive a discretionary cash bonus award which is determined annually by the Board on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. The annual cash bonus award will range from 0 % to a maximum of 100 % of the annual salary. The level of the bonus will be guided by the performance in respect to annual KPIs to be agreed with the board; as a guide the target compensation for each year under this Agreement is intended to be a bonus of 50 % of annual salary. Bonus, if any, is to be paid out for the first time in 2012 (for the period September 2010 to December 2011, i.e. 16 months). The Employers payment to the additional pension saving paid to the Norwegian life insurance company as described in clause 2.2 above shall be taken into consideration when considering annual bonus under this clause. To the extent cash bonus shall be included in the calculation of holiday allowance according to mandatory law, the cash bonus includes mandatory holiday allowance set out by Norwegian law. However, the amount of the cash bonus that equals the holiday allowance is, in accordance with the Holiday Act, payable in the year following the qualifying year, i.e. the holiday year. 2.5 Vacation Executive is entitled to holiday and holiday allowances in accordance with the Act of 29 April 1988 No. 21 relating to holidays and Employer’s rules from time to time in force. 2.6 Business Expenses Employer shall reimburse Executive for all necessary and reasonable “out-of-pocket” business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, provided that Executive furnishes to Employer adequate records and other documentary evidence required to substantiate such expenditures and otherwise complies with any travel and expense reimbursement policy established by the Board from time to time. 2.7 Withholdings / deductions from salary etc. Employer and its affiliates may withhold or deduct from any amounts payable under this Agreement such taxes, fees, contributions and other amounts as may be required to be withheld or deducted pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. Deductions from salary, bonus and holiday allowance may be made only in so far as these are permitted by section 14-15 (2) of the Employment Act, hereunder in; 3 a. b. c. d. e. amounts paid to Executive as advance on salary; incorrectly paid salary, holiday allowance, bonus etc; amounts received as advance on travel or business expenses; where amounts, salary etc. have been paid in advance on the condition that the Employer would be reimbursed by the National Insurance etc. and no reimbursement is given; the value of any property belonging to the Employer which is not returned upon termination of the employment, or which is returned in a damaged condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted. 3. TERMINATION 3.1 General Upon termination of employment, Executive shall return to Employer all property in his possession, custody or control belonging to Employer, including but not limited to business cards, credit and charge cards, keys, security and computer passes, mobile telephones, personal computer equipment, original and copy documents or other media on which information is held in his possession relating to the business or affairs of the Employer. 3.2 Exemption from the rules regarding termination etc. The Executive is exempt from the rules regarding termination of employment in the Employment Act, including chapter 15, see section 15-16 subsection 2. The exemption applies regardless of whether the Executive is entitled to severance pay / compensation, whether the employment is terminated with notice or with immediate effect, the reason for termination and whether termination / notice is given by the Employer or the Executive. In the event that Executive’s employment with Employer is terminated, at any time and for any reason, Executive shall have no further rights to any compensation, payments or any other benefits under this Agreement or any other contract, plan, policy or arrangement with Employer or its affiliates, except as follow from Norwegian mandatory statutory requirements or as set forth in this Section 3. The Employer may terminate the employment with immediate effect (summary dismissal) if the Executive is guilty a gross breach of duty or other serious breach of the contract of employment. 3.3 Probationary period and notice period This Agreement has a probationary period of 6 months. During the probationary period, the mutual term of notice shall be 14 days. If the Executive has been absent from work during the probationary period, the probationary period shall be extended accordingly. The Employer shall inform the Executive of the extension in writing prior to the expiry of the probationary period. After the probationary period has expired, the mutual period of notice is 6 months, calculated from the first day of the calendar month immediately following the date upon which notice was given. The Executive is obliged to resign with immediate effect prior to the end of the notice period if this is considered to be in the interest of the Employer and if requested by the Employer. The right to salary and other contractual benefits during the notice period will not be affected. 3.4 Accrued Rights Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with Employer, whether by Employer or Executive, at any time and for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive (a) Salary earned through the effective date of termination (i.e. end of Notice Period) that remains unpaid as of such date and (b) reimbursement of any unreimbursed business expenses incurred by Executive prior to the effective date of termination to the extent such expenses are reimbursable under Section 2.6 (all such amounts, the “Accrued Rights”). 4 3.5 Compensation in case of Termination by Employer after the expiry of the Probationary period Other Than for Cause Executive shall have the right to compensation (“Severance payment”) in accordance with the provisions mentioned below in case of termination by the Employer after the expiry of the Probationary period other than for Cause. a. b. c. d. If Employer elects to terminate Executive’s employment for any reason other than Cause (as defined below) Employer shall continue to pay Executive’s base monthly salary as set out in 2.1 (Severance payment) in arrears on a monthly basis for eighteen -18- months from the month immediately following the expiry of the notice period. Severance payment in this Section 3 does not form the basis for holiday pay or pension benefits. When effecting payment, deduction shall be made for tax and social benefits as prescribed by law. Executive’s rights under this clause 3.5 are subject to the following conditions: (i) that Executive signs a employment termination agreement with the Employer under which the Executive agrees not to dispute a possible dismissal on the part of the Employer or the terms and conditions for such a dismissal, and waives any and all claims against the Employer, the Parent Company and their respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives in form and substance acceptable to Employer in relation to Executive’s resignation, and (ii) that the Executive immediately complies with any request from Employer to actually terminate Executive’s employment and/or is released from the duty to work and/or to perform other duties. In the case of such actual termination, the provisions in clause 2.1 on salary shall apply in full for the rest of the notice period. Executive shall forfeit any entitlement to receive payments due under this clause 3.5 in the event that Executive breaches any of his obligations under Section 4. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Cause” shall mean (i) Executive’s dishonesty or breach of any fiduciary duty to Employer in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder, (ii) Executive’s conviction of, or a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, fraud, dishonesty, theft, unethical business conduct or conduct that impairs the reputation of Employer or any of its affiliates or any felony (or the equivalent thereof in any jurisdiction), (iii) Executive’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct in connection with Executive’s duties hereunder or any act or omission that is injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of Employer or any of its affiliates, (iv) the Executive’s gross breach of duty or other serious breach of this Agreement. The right to Severance payment shall not apply if the Executive is entitled to old age or disability pension from the expiry of the notice period. If the Executive is entitled to old age or disability pension during the period that he receives Severance payment according to this clause 3.5, the right to Severance payment shall lapse from the date that the right to old age or disability pension commences. 3.6 Change of Control a. In the event that Executive’s employment is terminated by Executive for Good Reason within six months following a Change of Control, Executive shall in addition to ordinary salary during the notice period, receive Severance payment equivalent to 18 months’ Salary, see clause 2.1. Severance payment pursuant to this Clause shall be payable in arrears in equal monthly instalments on the Employer’s pay day from the month immediately following the expiry of the notice period. Severance pay according to this clause shall not form basis for holiday pay or pension benefits. The right to Severance pay shall not apply in case of the Executive’s gross breach of duty or other serious breach of this Agreement. When effecting payment, deduction shall be made for tax and social benefits as prescribed by law. In addition, the Executive shall be entitled to 100 % bonus in accordance with clause 2.4 for the actual period he has worked that year and all granted, but not yet vested shares shall vest immediately and become exercisable. 5 b. For purposes of this Agreement, the term (i) “Change of Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events: A. the consummation of 1.a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving (x) Parent Company or (y) any entity in which Parent Company, directly or indirectly, possesses 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of its stock, but in the case of this clause (y) only if Parent Company Voting Securities (as defined below) are issued or issuable in connection with such transaction (each of the transactions referred to in this clause (1) being hereinafter referred to as a “Reorganization”) or 2.the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Parent Company to an entity that is not an affiliate (a “Sale”) in either case, if such Reorganization or Sale requires the approval of Parent Company’s stockholders under the law of the Parent Company’s jurisdiction of organization (whether such approval is required for such Reorganization or Sale or for the issuance of securities of the Parent Company in such Reorganization or Sale), unless, immediately following such Reorganization or Sale, (I) all or substantially all the individuals and entities who were the “beneficial owners” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act (or a successor rule thereto)) of the Shares or other securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (collectively, the “Parent Company Voting Securities”) outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization or Sale beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the entity resulting from such Reorganization or Sale (including, without limitation, an entity that as a result of such transaction owns Parent Company or all or substantially all the Parent Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) (the “Continuing Entity”) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization or Sale, of the outstanding Parent Company Voting Securities (excluding any outstanding voting securities of the Continuing Entity that such beneficial owners hold immediately following the consummation of the Reorganization or Sale as a result of their ownership prior to such consummation of voting securities of any entity involved in or forming part of such Reorganization or Sale other than Parent Company and its affiliates) and (II) no Person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 50 % or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Continuing Entity immediately following the consummation of such Reorganization or Sale; B.the stockholders of Parent Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Parent Company; or C.any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, respectively) (other than Employer or an affiliate) becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Parent Company representing 50% or more of the then outstanding Parent Company Voting Securities; provided that for purposes of this subparagraph (C), any acquisition directly from Parent Company shall not constitute a Change of Control. 6 (ii) “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events or circumstances (without the prior written consent of Executive): (A) a material reduction of Executive’s authority or a material change in Executive’s functions, duties or responsibilities, (B) a reduction in Executive’s Salary, (C) a requirement that the Executive report to anyone other than the Board, (D) that the change of control, as defined above, leads to a material change of the business of the Employer or the Parent Company, (E) that the change of control, as defined above, leads to investments, divestments or other material decisions based on other criteria than before the change of control or (F) a breach by Employer of any material obligation of Employer under this Agreement (which breach has not been cured within 30 days after written notice thereof is provided to Employer by Executive specifically identifying such breach in reasonable detail). 4. EXECUTIVE COVENANTS 4.1 Employer’s Interests Executive acknowledges that Employer has expended substantial amounts of time, money and effort to develop business strategies, substantial customer and supplier relationships, goodwill, business and trade secrets, confidential information and intellectual property and to build an efficient organization and that Employer has a legitimate business interest and right in protecting those assets as well as any similar assets that Employer may develop or obtain following the Commencement Date. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions imposed upon Executive under this Agreement are reasonable and necessary for the protection of such assets and that the restrictions set forth in this Agreement will not prevent Executive from earning an adequate and reasonable livelihood and supporting his dependents without violating any provision of this Agreement. Executive further acknowledges that Employer would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement without Executive’s agreeing to enter into, and to honour the provisions and covenants of, this Section 4. Therefore, Executive agrees that, in consideration of Employer’s entering into this Agreement and Employer’s obligations hereunder and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged by Executive, Executive shall be bound by, and agrees to honour and comply with, the provisions and covenants contained in this Section 4 following the Commencement Date. 4.2 Scope of Covenants For purposes of this Section 4, the term “Employer” includes Employer’s affiliates, and its and their predecessors, successors and assigns. 4.3 Non-Disclosure of Confidential Information a. Executive acknowledges that, in the performance of his duties as an employee of Employer, Executive may be given access to Confidential Information (as defined below). Executive agrees that all Confidential Information has been, is and will be the sole property of Employer and/or the Parent Company and that Executive has no right, title or interest therein. Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, disclose or cause or permit to be disclosed to any person, or utilize or cause or permit to be utilized, by any person, any Confidential Information acquired pursuant to Executive’s employment with Employer (whether acquired prior to or subsequent to the execution of this Agreement or the Commencement Date) or otherwise, except that Executive may (i) utilize and disclose Confidential Information as required in the discharge of Executive’s duties as an employee of Employer in good faith, subject to any restriction, limitation or condition placed on such use or disclosure by Employer and/or the Parent Company, and (ii) disclose Confidential Information to the extent required by applicable law or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction. 7 b. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall include , but not be limited to, trade secrets and confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data that is or will be used, developed, obtained or owned by Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates relating to the business, operations, products or services of Employer, Parent Company or any such affiliate or of any customer, supplier, employee or independent contractor thereof, including products, services, fees, pricing, designs, marketing plans, strategies, analyses, forecasts, formulas, drawings, photographs, reports, records, computer software (whether or not owned by, or designed for, Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates), operating systems, applications, program listings, flow charts, manuals, documentation, data, databases, specifications, technology, inventions, developments, methods, improvements, techniques, devices, products, know-how, processes, financial data, customer or supplier lists, contact persons, cost information, regulatory matters, employee information, accounting and business methods, trade secrets, copyrightable works and information with respect to any supplier, customer, employee or independent contractor of Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates in each case whether patentable or unpatentable, whether or not reduced to writing or other tangible medium of expression and whether or not reduced to practice, and all similar and related information in any form; provided, however, that Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally known to the public other than as a result of disclosure by Executive in breach of this Agreement or in breach of any similar covenant made by Executive or any other duty of confidentiality. 4.4 Intellectual property All intellectual property rights, including patentable inventions, trademarks, design rights or copyrights, that are created or developed by the Executive during the course of his employment with the Employer shall fully and wholly devolve upon the Employer. The same applies to similar creations that are not legally protected by patent, copyright or similar but that the Employer has an interest in employing. The Employer shall have an unrestricted, exclusive and gratuitous right to exploit such intellectual property rights and creations. Such intellectual property rights and creations shall without exception be deemed to have been created or developed in the course of the Executive’s employment if the exploitation of the right or creation falls within the scope of the Employer’s business. This applies notwithstanding that the Executive has created or developed the right outside working hours or outside the Employer’s premises. The Executive shall of his own accord inform the Employer of any rights that may fall within the scope of this clause, unless it is obvious that the Employer is already aware of the right. This clause shall not limit or restrict the Executive’s rights pursuant to any mandatory statutory provision of Norwegian law, including the Act relating to Employee Inventions of 17 April 1970 No. 21 and the Copyright Act of 15 December 1967 No. 9. 4.5 Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation a. For the Restricted Period (as defined below) and subject to any limitations set by Norwegian law, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Board: (i) (ii) engage in any activity or business, whether as employee or in any other capacity, or establish any new business, in any location that is involved with the voyage chartering or time chartering of crude oil tankers, including assisting any person in any way to do, or attempt to do, any of the foregoing; solicit any person that is a customer or client or has been a customer or client for the last 12 months (or prospective customer or client) of Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates to purchase any goods or services of the type sold by Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates from any person other than Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates or to (A) reduce or refrain from doing (or otherwise change the terms or conditions of) any business with Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates, (B) interfere with or damage (or attempt to interfere with or damage) any relationship between Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates and their respective employees, customers, clients, vendors or suppliers (or any person that Employer, Parent Company or any of their affiliates have approached or have made significant plans to approach as a prospective employee, customer, client, vendor or supplier) or any governmental authority or any agent or representative thereof or (C) assist any person in any way to do, or attempt to do, any of the foregoing; or 8 (iii) form, or acquire a two (2%) percent or greater equity ownership, voting or profit participation interest in, any Competitor. b. c. d. e. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Restricted Period” shall mean a period commencing on the Commencement Date and terminating one year from the date the employment ceases, regardless of the reason why the employment ceases. The Restricted Period shall be tolled during (and shall be deemed automatically extended by) any period in which Executive is in violation of this Section 4.5. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Competitor” means any person that engages in any activity, or owns or controls a significant interest in any person that engages in any activity, in the voyage chartering and time chartering of crude oil tankers; provided that a Competitor shall not include any person who the Board has deemed, through its prior written approval, not to be a Competitor. If the Executive resigns to join another potentially competing business as defined in 4.5 a., he shall in writing inform the Chairman of the Board of the Parent Company accordingly. The Board shall then within 5 working days respond to this in writing, stating whether or not the Employer wants to invoke its non-compete rights according to this clause 4.5 a. If the Board elects to use its non-compete rights, then the Executive shall receive full salary and benefits, but no cash bonus or further long term incentive awards, during the entire Restricted Period. In the event of breach of the Executive’s duties in this Section 4.5, the Employer may demand that the breach ceases immediately and that the Executive upon request and at the absolute discretion of the Employer pays liquidated damages in the amount equal to one - 1 - month’s base salary, for every month or part of a month that he acts in breach of the prohibitions. In addition, the right to compensation pursuant to this Section and severance pay, if any, according to Section 3 shall lapse from the day the Executive acted in breach of this Section 4.5. Payment of liquidated damages and/or damages does not exempt the Executive from complying with the provisions of this Section 4.5. 4.6 Records All memoranda, books, records, documents, papers, plans, information, letters, computer software and hardware, electronic records and other data relating to Confidential Information, whether prepared by Executive or otherwise, in Executive’s possession shall be and remain the exclusive property of Employer and/or the Parent Company, and Executive shall not directly or indirectly assert any interest or property rights therein. Upon termination of employment with Employer for any reason, and upon the request of Employer at any time, Executive will immediately deliver to Employer all such memoranda, books, records, documents, papers, plans, information, letters, computer software and hardware, electronic records and other data, and all copies thereof or therefrom, and Executive will not retain, or cause or permit to be retained, any copies or other embodiments of such materials. 4.7 Executive Representations and Warranties Executive represents and warrants to Employer that the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Executive and the performance by Executive of Executive’s duties hereunder shall not constitute a breach of, or otherwise contravene, or conflict with the terms of any contract, agreement, arrangement, policy or understanding to which Executive is a party or otherwise bound. 9 4.8 Cooperation Following the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall provide reasonable assistance to and cooperation with Employer in connection with any suit, action or proceeding (or any appeal therefrom) relating to acts or omissions that occurred during the period of Executive’s employment with Employer. Employer shall reimburse Executive for any reasonable expenses, including time, incurred by Executive in connection with the provision of such assistance and cooperation. 5. AGE OF RETIREMENT 5.1 The retirement age for the position shall be 67 years. 6. MISCELLANEOUS 6.1 Assignment This Agreement is personal to Executive and shall not be assignable by Executive. The parties agree that any attempt by Executive to delegate Executive’s duties hereunder shall be null and void. Employer may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations thereunder, in whole or in part, to any person that is an affiliate, or a successor in interest to substantially all the business or assets, of Employer or Parent Company. Upon such assignment, the rights and obligations of Employer hereunder shall become the rights and obligations of such affiliate or successor person, and Executive agrees that Employer shall be released and novated from any and all further liability hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Employer” shall mean Employer as hereinbefore defined in the recitals to this Agreement and any permitted assignee to which this Agreement is assigned. 6.2 Successors This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of Employer and the personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, distributees, devisees and legatees of Executive. Executive acknowledges and agrees that all Executive’s covenants and obligations to Employer, as well as the rights of Employer under this Agreement, shall run in favour of and will be enforceable by Employer, its affiliates and their successors and permitted assigns. 6.3 Entire Agreement This Agreement and its attachments contain the entire understanding of Executive, on the one hand, and Employer on the other hand, with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all oral or written agreements or representations, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof are set forth in this Agreement. 6.4 Amendment This Agreement may not be altered, modified or amended except by written instrument signed by the parties hereto. 6.5 Notice All notices, requests, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand or overnight courier, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the other party as set forth below: 10 If to Employer: DHT Management AS P.O. Box 2039 Vika, 0125 Oslo, Norway. Attn: Board of Directors If to Executive: Lille Borgen vei 11 0370 Oslo The parties may change the address to which notices under this Agreement shall be sent by providing written notice to the other in the manner specified above. 6.6 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Norway, and both Employer and Executive submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Oslo District Court in all matters arising out of or in connection with this Agreement. 6.7 Severability If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then such provision, covenant or condition shall, as to such jurisdiction, be modified or restricted to the extent necessary to make such provision valid, binding and enforceable, or, if such provision cannot be modified or restricted, then such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed to be excised from this Agreement and any such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability with respect to such provision shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction, and the remainder of the provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. 6.8 Survival Subject to Section 1.1 the rights and obligations of Employer and Executive under the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4 and 5 of this Agreement, shall survive and remain binding and enforceable, notwithstanding any termination of Executive’s employment with Employer for any reason, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions. 6.9 No Waiver The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement. 6.10 Counterparts This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. 11 6.11 Construction a. b. c. d. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only, are not a part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of the provisions of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, the words “include” and “including”, and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “person” means any individual, partnership, company, corporation or other entity of any kind. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “affiliate”, with respect to any person, means any other person that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above. For and on behalf of DHT MANAGEMENT AS /s/ Rolf A.Wikborg Name: Rolf A.Wikborg Title: Chair Comp. Comm. /s/ Trygve P. Munthe Trygve P. Munthe 12 Subsidiaries of DHT Holdings, Inc. Exhibit 8.1 Name Ania Aframax Corporation Ann Tanker Corporation Cathy Tanker Corporation Chris Tanker Corporation DHT Maritime, Inc. DHT Phoenix, Inc. London Tanker Corporation Newcastle Tanker Corporation Rebecca Tanker Corporation Regal Unity Corporation Sophie Tanker Corporation Jurisdiction Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Marshall Islands Exhibit 12.1 I, Svein Moxnes Harfjeld, certify that: CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of DHT Holdings, Inc.; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and we have: (a) (b) (c) (d) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and 1 5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) (b) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 31, 2011 By: /s/ Svein Moxnes Harfjeld Svein Moxnes Harfjeld Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) 2 Exhibit 12.2 I, Eirik Ubøe, certify that: CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 1. 2. 3. 4. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of DHT Holdings, Inc.; Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and we have: (a) (b) (c) (d) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) (b) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: March 31, 2011 By: /s/ Eirik Ubøe Eirik Ubøe Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 2 Exhibit 13.1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 In connection with the annual report on Form 20-F of DHT Holdings, Inc. (the “registrant”), for the year ending December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “report”), each of the undersigned officers of the registrant hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to such officer’s knowledge: (a) (b) The report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and The information contained in the report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the registrant. Date: March 31, 2011 By: /s/ Svein Moxnes Harfjeld Svein Moxnes Harfjeld Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) By: /s/ Eirik Ubøe Eirik Ubøe Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-167613) pertaining to the Company’s 2005 Compensation Plan and the Registration Statement (Form F-3 No. 333-166765) of DHT Holdings, Inc. and in the related Prospectus of our reports dated January 31, 2011, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of DHT Holdings, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of DHT Holdings, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended December 31, 2010. Exhibit 15.1 /s/Ernst & Young AS Ernst & Young AS Oslo, Norway March 31, 2011 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above